Eric Lee / smarc-uboot

1

#

1

#

2

3

# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.

3

# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.

4

#

4

#

5

# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+

5

# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+

6

#

6

#

7

8

Summary:

8

Summary:

9

========

9

========

10

11

This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for

11

This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for

12

Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other

12

Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other

13

processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to

13

processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to

14

initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application

14

initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application

15

code.

15

code.

16

17

The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of

17

The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of

18

the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some

18

the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some

19

header files in common, and special provision has been made to

19

header files in common, and special provision has been made to

20

support booting of Linux images.

20

support booting of Linux images.

21

22

Some attention has been paid to make this software easily

22

Some attention has been paid to make this software easily

23

configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are

23

configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are

24

implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to

24

implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to

25

add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used

25

add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used

26

code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can

26

code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can

27

load and run it dynamically.

27

load and run it dynamically.

28

29

30

Status:

30

Status:

31

=======

31

=======

32

33

In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the

33

In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the

34

Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered

34

Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered

35

"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.

35

"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.

36

37

In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out

37

In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out

38

who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board

38

who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board

39

maintainers.

39

maintainers.

40

41

Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;

41

Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;

42

it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:

42

it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:

43

44

make CHANGELOG

44

make CHANGELOG

45

46

47

Where to get help:

47

Where to get help:

48

==================

48

==================

49

50

In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for

50

In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for

51

U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at

51

U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at

52

<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic

52

<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic

53

on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.

53

on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.

54

Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and

54

Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and

55

http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot

55

http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot

56

57

58

Where to get source code:

58

Where to get source code:

59

=========================

59

=========================

60

61

The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at

61

The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at

62

git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at

62

git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at

63

http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary

63

http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary

64

65

The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of

65

The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of

66

any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also

66

any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also

67

available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/

67

available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/

68

directory.

68

directory.

69

70

Pre-built (and tested) images are available from

70

Pre-built (and tested) images are available from

71

ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/

71

ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/

72

73

74

Where we come from:

74

Where we come from:

75

===================

75

===================

76

77

- start from 8xxrom sources

77

- start from 8xxrom sources

78

- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)

78

- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)

79

- clean up code

79

- clean up code

80

- make it easier to add custom boards

80

- make it easier to add custom boards

81

- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs

81

- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs

82

- extend functions, especially:

82

- extend functions, especially:

83

* Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader

83

* Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader

84

* S-Record download

84

* S-Record download

85

* network boot

85

* network boot

86

* PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot

86

* PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot

87

- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)

87

- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)

88

- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)

88

- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)

89

- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)

89

- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)

90

- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot

90

- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot

91

92

93

Names and Spelling:

93

Names and Spelling:

94

===================

94

===================

95

96

The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling

96

The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling

97

"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments

97

"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments

98

in source files etc.). Example:

98

in source files etc.). Example:

99

100

This is the README file for the U-Boot project.

100

This is the README file for the U-Boot project.

101

102

File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:

102

File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:

103

104

include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h

104

include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h

105

106

#include <asm/u-boot.h>

106

#include <asm/u-boot.h>

107

108

Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on

108

Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on

109

the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:

109

the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:

110

111

U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo

111

U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo

112

IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start

112

IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start

113

114

115

Versioning:

115

Versioning:

116

===========

116

===========

117

118

Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases

118

Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases

119

were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning

119

were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning

120

into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by

120

into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by

121

names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.

121

names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.

122

Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix

122

Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix

123

releases in "stable" maintenance trees.

123

releases in "stable" maintenance trees.

124

125

Examples:

125

Examples:

126

U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009

126

U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009

127

U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree

127

U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree

128

U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release

128

U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release

129

130

131

Directory Hierarchy:

131

Directory Hierarchy:

132

====================

132

====================

133

134

/arch Architecture specific files

134

/arch Architecture specific files

135

/arm Files generic to ARM architecture

135

/arm Files generic to ARM architecture

136

/cpu CPU specific files

136

/cpu CPU specific files

137

/arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs

137

/arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs

138

/arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs

138

/arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs

139

/at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU

139

/at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU

140

/imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs

140

/imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs

141

/s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs

141

/s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs

142

/arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs

142

/arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs

143

/arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs

143

/arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs

144

/ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs

144

/ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs

145

/pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs

145

/pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs

146

/sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs

146

/sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs

147

/lib Architecture specific library files

147

/lib Architecture specific library files

148

/avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture

148

/avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture

149

/cpu CPU specific files

149

/cpu CPU specific files

150

/lib Architecture specific library files

150

/lib Architecture specific library files

151

/blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture

151

/blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture

152

/cpu CPU specific files

152

/cpu CPU specific files

153

/lib Architecture specific library files

153

/lib Architecture specific library files

154

/m68k Files generic to m68k architecture

154

/m68k Files generic to m68k architecture

155

/cpu CPU specific files

155

/cpu CPU specific files

156

/mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs

156

/mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs

157

/mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs

157

/mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs

158

/mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs

158

/mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs

159

/mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs

159

/mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs

160

/mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs

160

/mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs

161

/lib Architecture specific library files

161

/lib Architecture specific library files

162

/microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture

162

/microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture

163

/cpu CPU specific files

163

/cpu CPU specific files

164

/lib Architecture specific library files

164

/lib Architecture specific library files

165

/mips Files generic to MIPS architecture

165

/mips Files generic to MIPS architecture

166

/cpu CPU specific files

166

/cpu CPU specific files

167

/mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs

167

/mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs

168

/xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs

168

/xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs

169

/lib Architecture specific library files

169

/lib Architecture specific library files

170

/nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture

170

/nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture

171

/cpu CPU specific files

171

/cpu CPU specific files

172

/n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs

172

/n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs

173

/lib Architecture specific library files

173

/lib Architecture specific library files

174

/nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture

174

/nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture

175

/cpu CPU specific files

175

/cpu CPU specific files

176

/lib Architecture specific library files

176

/lib Architecture specific library files

177

/openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture

177

/openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture

178

/cpu CPU specific files

178

/cpu CPU specific files

179

/lib Architecture specific library files

179

/lib Architecture specific library files

180

/powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture

180

/powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture

181

/cpu CPU specific files

181

/cpu CPU specific files

182

/74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs

182

/74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs

183

/mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs

183

/mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs

184

/mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs

184

/mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs

185

/mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs

185

/mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs

186

/mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs

186

/mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs

187

/mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs

187

/mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs

188

/mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs

188

/mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs

189

/ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs

189

/ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs

190

/lib Architecture specific library files

190

/lib Architecture specific library files

191

/sh Files generic to SH architecture

191

/sh Files generic to SH architecture

192

/cpu CPU specific files

192

/cpu CPU specific files

193

/sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs

193

/sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs

194

/sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs

194

/sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs

195

/sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs

195

/sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs

196

/lib Architecture specific library files

196

/lib Architecture specific library files

197

/sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture

197

/sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture

198

/cpu CPU specific files

198

/cpu CPU specific files

199

/leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU

199

/leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU

200

/leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU

200

/leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU

201

/lib Architecture specific library files

201

/lib Architecture specific library files

202

/x86 Files generic to x86 architecture

202

/x86 Files generic to x86 architecture

203

/cpu CPU specific files

203

/cpu CPU specific files

204

/lib Architecture specific library files

204

/lib Architecture specific library files

205

/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps

205

/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps

206

/board Board dependent files

206

/board Board dependent files

207

/common Misc architecture independent functions

207

/common Misc architecture independent functions

208

/disk Code for disk drive partition handling

208

/disk Code for disk drive partition handling

209

/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)

209

/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)

210

/drivers Commonly used device drivers

210

/drivers Commonly used device drivers

211

/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.

211

/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.

212

/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.

212

/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.

213

/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)

213

/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)

214

/include Header Files

214

/include Header Files

215

/lib Files generic to all architectures

215

/lib Files generic to all architectures

216

/libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees

216

/libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees

217

/lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression

217

/lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression

218

/lzo Library files to support LZO decompression

218

/lzo Library files to support LZO decompression

219

/net Networking code

219

/net Networking code

220

/post Power On Self Test

220

/post Power On Self Test

221

/spl Secondary Program Loader framework

221

/spl Secondary Program Loader framework

222

/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.

222

/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.

223

224

Software Configuration:

224

Software Configuration:

225

=======================

225

=======================

226

227

Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the

227

Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the

228

rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.

228

rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.

229

230

There are two classes of configuration variables:

230

There are two classes of configuration variables:

231

232

* Configuration _OPTIONS_:

232

* Configuration _OPTIONS_:

233

These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with

233

These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with

234

"CONFIG_".

234

"CONFIG_".

235

236

* Configuration _SETTINGS_:

236

* Configuration _SETTINGS_:

237

These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if

237

These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if

238

you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with

238

you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with

239

"CONFIG_SYS_".

239

"CONFIG_SYS_".

240

241

Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even

241

Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even

242

identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to

242

identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to

243

do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic

243

do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic

244

links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards

244

links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards

245

as an example here.

245

as an example here.

246

247

248

Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:

248

Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:

249

---------------------------------------------------

249

---------------------------------------------------

250

251

For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default

251

For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default

252

configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".

252

configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".

253

254

Example: For a TQM823L module type:

254

Example: For a TQM823L module type:

255

256

cd u-boot

256

cd u-boot

257

make TQM823L_config

257

make TQM823L_config

258

259

For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;

259

For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;

260

e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent

260

e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent

261

directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.

261

directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.

262

263

264

Configuration Options:

264

Configuration Options:

265

----------------------

265

----------------------

266

267

Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all

267

Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all

268

such information is kept in a configuration file

268

such information is kept in a configuration file

269

"include/configs/<board_name>.h".

269

"include/configs/<board_name>.h".

270

271

Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in

271

Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in

272

"include/configs/TQM823L.h".

272

"include/configs/TQM823L.h".

273

274

275

Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux

275

Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux

276

kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to

276

kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to

277

build a config tool - later.

277

build a config tool - later.

278

279

280

The following options need to be configured:

280

The following options need to be configured:

281

282

- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.

282

- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.

283

284

- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.

284

- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.

285

286

- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)

286

- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)

287

Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002

287

Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002

288

289

- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)

289

- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)

290

Define exactly one of

290

Define exactly one of

291

CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD

291

CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD

292

--- FIXME --- not tested yet:

292

--- FIXME --- not tested yet:

293

CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,

293

CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,

294

CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50

294

CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50

295

296

- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)

296

- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)

297

Define exactly one of

297

Define exactly one of

298

CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102

298

CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102

299

300

- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)

300

- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)

301

Define one or more of

301

Define one or more of

302

CONFIG_CMA302

302

CONFIG_CMA302

303

304

- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)

304

- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)

305

Define one or more of

305

Define one or more of

306

CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on

306

CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on

307

the LCD display every second with

307

the LCD display every second with

308

a "rotator" |\-/|\-/

308

a "rotator" |\-/|\-/

309

310

- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)

310

- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)

311

CONFIG_ADSTYPE

311

CONFIG_ADSTYPE

312

Possible values are:

312

Possible values are:

313

CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS

313

CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS

314

CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS

314

CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS

315

CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR

315

CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR

316

CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS

316

CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS

317

318

- Marvell Family Member

318

- Marvell Family Member

319

CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable

319

CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable

320

multiple fs option at one time

320

multiple fs option at one time

321

for marvell soc family

321

for marvell soc family

322

323

- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)

323

- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)

324

Define exactly one of

324

Define exactly one of

325

CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245

325

CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245

326

327

- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)

327

- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)

328

CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if

328

CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if

329

get_gclk_freq() cannot work

329

get_gclk_freq() cannot work

330

e.g. if there is no 32KHz

330

e.g. if there is no 32KHz

331

reference PIT/RTC clock

331

reference PIT/RTC clock

332

CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK

332

CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK

333

or XTAL/EXTAL)

333

or XTAL/EXTAL)

334

335

- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):

335

- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):

336

CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN

336

CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN

337

CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX

337

CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX

338

CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT

338

CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT

339

See doc/README.MPC866

339

See doc/README.MPC866

340

341

CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK

341

CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK

342

343

Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead

343

Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead

344

of relying on the correctness of the configured

344

of relying on the correctness of the configured

345

values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure

345

values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure

346

the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note

346

the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note

347

that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz

347

that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz

348

RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)

348

RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)

349

350

CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE

350

CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE

351

352

Define this option if you want to enable the

352

Define this option if you want to enable the

353

ICache only when Code runs from RAM.

353

ICache only when Code runs from RAM.

354

355

- 85xx CPU Options:

355

- 85xx CPU Options:

356

CONFIG_SYS_PPC64

356

CONFIG_SYS_PPC64

357

358

Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements

358

Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements

359

the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR

359

the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR

360

compliance, among other possible reasons.

360

compliance, among other possible reasons.

361

362

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV

362

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV

363

364

Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the

364

Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the

365

system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ

365

system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ

366

devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.

366

devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.

367

368

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT

368

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT

369

370

Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device

370

Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device

371

tree nodes for the given platform.

371

tree nodes for the given platform.

372

373

CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB

373

CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB

374

375

Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work

375

Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work

376

around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger

376

around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger

377

support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where

377

support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where

378

breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this

378

breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this

379

symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this

379

symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this

380

purpose.

380

purpose.

381

382

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510

382

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510

383

384

Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,

384

Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,

385

then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and

385

then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and

386

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.

386

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.

387

388

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV

388

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV

389

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)

389

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)

390

391

Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)

391

Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)

392

for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.

392

for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.

393

394

The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision

394

The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision

395

of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus

395

of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus

396

p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls

396

p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls

397

whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.

397

whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.

398

399

See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about

399

See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about

400

this erratum.

400

this erratum.

401

402

CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND

402

CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND

403

Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only

403

Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only

404

requred during NOR boot.

404

requred during NOR boot.

405

406

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY

406

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY

407

408

This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600

408

This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600

409

according to the A004510 workaround.

409

according to the A004510 workaround.

410

411

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR

411

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR

412

This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is

412

This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is

413

connected exclusively to the DSP cores.

413

connected exclusively to the DSP cores.

414

415

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR

415

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR

416

This value denotes start offset of M2 memory

416

This value denotes start offset of M2 memory

417

which is directly connected to the DSP core.

417

which is directly connected to the DSP core.

418

419

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR

419

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR

420

This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly

420

This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly

421

connected to the DSP core.

421

connected to the DSP core.

422

423

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT

423

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT

424

This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.

424

This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.

425

426

- Generic CPU options:

426

- Generic CPU options:

427

CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN

427

CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN

428

429

Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those

429

Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those

430

values is arch specific.

430

values is arch specific.

431

432

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR

432

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR

433

Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is

433

Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is

434

found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core

434

found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core

435

SoCs.

435

SoCs.

436

437

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR

437

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR

438

Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.

438

Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.

439

440

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU

440

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU

441

Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as

441

Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as

442

deskew training are not available.

442

deskew training are not available.

443

444

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1

444

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1

445

Freescale DDR1 controller.

445

Freescale DDR1 controller.

446

447

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2

447

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2

448

Freescale DDR2 controller.

448

Freescale DDR2 controller.

449

450

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3

450

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3

451

Freescale DDR3 controller.

451

Freescale DDR3 controller.

452

453

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3

453

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3

454

Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.

454

Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.

455

456

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1

456

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1

457

Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with

457

Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with

458

Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board

458

Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board

459

implemetation.

459

implemetation.

460

461

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2

461

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2

462

Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with

462

Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with

463

Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board

463

Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board

464

implementation.

464

implementation.

465

466

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3

466

CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3

467

Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with

467

Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with

468

Freescale DDR3 controllers.

468

Freescale DDR3 controllers.

469

470

- Intel Monahans options:

470

- Intel Monahans options:

471

CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO

471

CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO

472

473

Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator

473

Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator

474

ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core

474

ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core

475

frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.

475

frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.

476

477

CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO

477

CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO

478

479

Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator

479

Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator

480

ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and

480

ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and

481

2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied

481

2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied

482

by this value.

482

by this value.

483

484

- MIPS CPU options:

484

- MIPS CPU options:

485

CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET

485

CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET

486

487

Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack

487

Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack

488

pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before

488

pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before

489

relocation.

489

relocation.

490

491

CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE

491

CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE

492

493

Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.

493

Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.

494

See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.

494

See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.

495

Possible values are:

495

Possible values are:

496

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA

496

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA

497

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA

497

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA

498

CONF_CM_UNCACHED

498

CONF_CM_UNCACHED

499

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT

499

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT

500

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE

500

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE

501

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW

501

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW

502

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW

502

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW

503

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED

503

CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED

504

505

CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG

505

CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG

506

507

Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.

507

Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.

508

GITLAB

i2c: samsung: register i2c busses for Exynso5420 and Exynos5250

 #
 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
 #
 # SPDX-License-Identifier:	GPL-2.0+
 #
 Summary:
 ========
 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
 code.
 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
 support booting of Linux images.
 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
 load and run it dynamically.
 Status:
 =======
 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
 who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
 maintainers.
 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
 	make CHANGELOG
 Where to get help:
 ==================
 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
 Where to get source code:
 =========================
 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
 directory.
 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
 Where we come from:
 ===================
 - start from 8xxrom sources
 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
 - clean up code
 - make it easier to add custom boards
 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
 - extend functions, especially:
   * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
   * S-Record download
   * network boot
   * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
 Names and Spelling:
 ===================
 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
 in source files etc.). Example:
 	This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
 	include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
 	#include <asm/u-boot.h>
 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
 	U_BOOT_VERSION		u_boot_logo
 	IH_OS_U_BOOT		u_boot_hush_start
 Versioning:
 ===========
 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
 releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
 Examples:
 	U-Boot v2009.11	    - Release November 2009
 	U-Boot v2009.11.1   - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
 	U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
 Directory Hierarchy:
 ====================
 /arch			Architecture specific files
   /arm			Files generic to ARM architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
       /arm720t		Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
       /arm920t		Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
 	/at91		Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
 	/imx		Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
 	/s3c24x0	Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
       /arm926ejs	Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
       /arm1136		Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
       /ixp		Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
       /pxa		Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
       /sa1100		Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /avr32		Files generic to AVR32 architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /blackfin		Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /m68k			Files generic to m68k architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
       /mcf52x2		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
       /mcf5227x		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
       /mcf532x		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
       /mcf5445x		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
       /mcf547x_8x	Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /microblaze		Files generic to microblaze architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /mips			Files generic to MIPS architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
       /mips32		Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
       /xburst		Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /nds32		Files generic to NDS32 architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
       /n1213		Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /nios2		Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /openrisc		Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /powerpc		Files generic to PowerPC architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
       /74xx_7xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
       /mpc5xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
       /mpc5xxx		Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
       /mpc8xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
       /mpc824x		Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
       /mpc8260		Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
       /mpc85xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
       /ppc4xx		Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /sh			Files generic to SH architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
       /sh2		Files specific to sh2 CPUs
       /sh3		Files specific to sh3 CPUs
       /sh4		Files specific to sh4 CPUs
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /sparc		Files generic to SPARC architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
       /leon2		Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
       /leon3		Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
   /x86			Files generic to x86 architecture
     /cpu		CPU specific files
     /lib		Architecture specific library files
 /api			Machine/arch independent API for external apps
 /board			Board dependent files
 /common			Misc architecture independent functions
 /disk			Code for disk drive partition handling
 /doc			Documentation (don't expect too much)
 /drivers		Commonly used device drivers
 /dts			Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
 /examples		Example code for standalone applications, etc.
 /fs			Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
 /include		Header Files
 /lib			Files generic to all architectures
   /libfdt		Library files to support flattened device trees
   /lzma			Library files to support LZMA decompression
   /lzo			Library files to support LZO decompression
 /net			Networking code
 /post			Power On Self Test
 /spl			Secondary Program Loader framework
 /tools			Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
 Software Configuration:
 =======================
 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
 There are two classes of configuration variables:
 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
   These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
   "CONFIG_".
 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
   These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
   you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
   "CONFIG_SYS_".
 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
 as an example here.
 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
 ---------------------------------------------------
 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
 	cd u-boot
 	make TQM823L_config
 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
 Configuration Options:
 ----------------------
 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
 such information is kept in a configuration file
 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
 build a config tool - later.
 The following options need to be configured:
 - CPU Type:	Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
 - Board Type:	Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
 		Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
 		Define exactly one of
 		CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
 --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
 		CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
 		CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
 		Define exactly one of
 		CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
 		Define one or more of
 		CONFIG_CMA302
 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
 		Define one or more of
 		CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT	- update a character position on
 					  the LCD display every second with
 					  a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
 		CONFIG_ADSTYPE
 		Possible values are:
 			CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS	- original MPC8260ADS
 			CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS	- MPC8266ADS
 			CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS	- PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
 			CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS	- MPC8272ADS
 - Marvell Family Member
 		CONFIG_SYS_MVFS		- define it if you want to enable
 					  multiple fs option at one time
 					  for marvell soc family
 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
 		Define exactly one of
 		CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
 		CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ	- deprecated: CPU clock if
 					  get_gclk_freq() cannot work
 					  e.g. if there is no 32KHz
 					  reference PIT/RTC clock
 		CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK	- PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
 					  or XTAL/EXTAL)
 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
 		CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
 		CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
 		CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
 			See doc/README.MPC866
 		CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
 		Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
 		of relying on the correctness of the configured
 		values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
 		the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
 		that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
 		RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
 		CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
 		Define this option if you want to enable the
 		ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
 - 85xx CPU Options:
 		CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
 		Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
 		the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
 		compliance, among other possible reasons.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
 		Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
 		system clock.  On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
 		devices it can be 16 or 32.  The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
 		Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
 		tree nodes for the given platform.
 		CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
 		Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
 		around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
 		support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
 		breakpoints and single stepping do not work.  The value of this
 		symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
 		purpose.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
 		Enables a workaround for erratum A004510.  If set,
 		then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
 		Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
 		for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
 		The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
 		of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
 		p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
 		whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
 		See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
 		this erratum.
 		CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
 		Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
 		requred during NOR boot.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
 		This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
 		according to the A004510 workaround.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
 		This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
 		connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
 		This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
 		which is directly connected to the DSP core.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
 		This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
 		connected to the DSP core.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
 		This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
 - Generic CPU options:
 		CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
 		Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
 		values is arch specific.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
 		Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
 		found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
 		SoCs.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
 		Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
 		Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
 		deskew training are not available.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
 		Freescale DDR1 controller.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
 		Freescale DDR2 controller.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
 		Freescale DDR3 controller.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
 		Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
 		Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
 		Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
 		implemetation.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
 		Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
 		Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
 		implementation.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
 		Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
 		Freescale DDR3 controllers.
 - Intel Monahans options:
 		CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
 		Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
 		ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
 		frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
 		CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
 		Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
 		ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
 		2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
 		by this value.
 - MIPS CPU options:
 		CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
 		Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
 		pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
 		relocation.
 		CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
 		Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
 		See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
 		Possible values are:
 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
 			CONF_CM_UNCACHED
 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
 			CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
 		CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
 		Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
 		See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
 		CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
 		Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
 		XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
 		be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
 - ARM options:
 		CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
 		Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
 		clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
 		CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
 		Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
 		set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
 		better code density. For ARM architectures that support
 		Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
 		GCC.
 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
 		CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
 		If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
 		during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
 		workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
 		exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
 		set these options unless they apply!
 - CPU timer options:
 		CONFIG_SYS_HZ
 		The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
 		get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
 		option must be set to 1000.
 - Linux Kernel Interface:
 		CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
 		U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
 		internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
 		kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
 		bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
 		"clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
 		converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
 		Linux kernel.
 		When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
 		"clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
 		default environment.
 		CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES		[relevant for MIPS only]
 		When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
 		expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
 		Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
 		CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
 		New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
 		passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
 		concepts).
 		CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
 		 * New libfdt-based support
 		 * Adds the "fdt" command
 		 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
 		OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
 			MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
 		OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
 			MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
 		OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
 		OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
 		boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
 		addresses
 		CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
 		Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
 		to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
 		CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
 		This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
 		param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
 		CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
 		U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
 		If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
 		removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
 		so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
 		crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
 		no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
 		CONFIG_MACH_TYPE	[relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
 		This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
 		machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
 		number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
 		(see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
 		Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
 		in a single configuration file and the machine type is
 		runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
 - vxWorks boot parameters:
 		bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
 		environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
 		It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
 		CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
 		Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
 		Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
 		the defaults discussed just above.
 - Cache Configuration:
 		CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
 		CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
 		CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
 - Cache Configuration for ARM:
 		CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
 				      controller
 		CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
 					controller register space
 - Serial Ports:
 		CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
 		Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
 		CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
 		Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
 		CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
 		If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
 		the clock speed of the UARTs.
 		CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
 		If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
 		define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
 		port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
 		CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
 		Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
 		have separate receive and transmit line control registers.  Set
 		this variable to initialize the extra register.
 		CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
 		On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
 		boot loader that has already initialized the UART.  Define this
 		variable to flush the UART at init time.
 - Console Interface:
 		Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
 		(like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
 		CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
 		console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
 		Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
 		port routines must be defined elsewhere
 		(i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
 		CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
 		Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
 		defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
 			VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN	graphic memory organisation
 						(default big endian)
 			VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL	graphic chip supports
 						rectangle fill
 						(cf. smiLynxEM)
 			VIDEO_HW_BITBLT		graphic chip supports
 						bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
 			VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS	visible pixel columns
 						(cols=pitch)
 			VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS	visible pixel rows
 			VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE	bytes per pixel
 			VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT	graphic data format
 						(0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
 			VIDEO_FB_ADRS		framebuffer address
 			VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT	keyboard int fct
 						(i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
 			VIDEO_TSTC_FCT		test char fct
 						(i.e. i8042_tstc)
 			VIDEO_GETC_FCT		get char fct
 						(i.e. i8042_getc)
 			CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR	cursor drawing on/off
 						(requires blink timer
 						cf. i8042.c)
 			CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
 			CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME	display time/date info in
 						upper right corner
 						(requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
 			CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO	display Linux logo in
 						upper left corner
 			CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO	use bmp_logo.h instead of
 						linux_logo.h for logo.
 						Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
 			CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
 						additional board info beside
 						the logo
 		When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
 		a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
 		erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
 		When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
 		default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
 		environment 'console=serial'.
 		When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
 		messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
 		the "silent" environment variable. See
 		doc/README.silent for more information.
 		CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
 			is 0x00.
 		CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
 			is 0xa0.
 - Console Baudrate:
 		CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
 		Select one of the baudrates listed in
 		CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
 		CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
 - Console Rx buffer length
 		With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
 		the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
 		This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
 		If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
 		must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
 		the SMC.
 - Pre-Console Buffer:
 		Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
 		initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
 		Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
 		buffer any console messages prior to the console being
 		initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
 		bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
 		a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
 		bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
 		earlier bytes are discarded.
 		'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
 		CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
 - Safe printf() functions
 		Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
 		the printf() functions. These are defined in
 		include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
 		so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
 		If this option is not given then these functions will
 		silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
 		you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
 - Boot Delay:	CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
 		Delay before automatically booting the default image;
 		set to -1 to disable autoboot.
 		set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
 		(even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
 		See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
 		work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
 		CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
 		CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
 		CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
 		CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
 		CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
 - Autoboot Command:
 		CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
 		Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
 		define a command string that is automatically executed
 		when no character is read on the console interface
 		within "Boot Delay" after reset.
 		CONFIG_BOOTARGS
 		This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
 		command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
 		environment value "bootargs".
 		CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
 		The value of these goes into the environment as
 		"ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
 		as a convenience, when switching between booting from
 		RAM and NFS.
 - Pre-Boot Commands:
 		CONFIG_PREBOOT
 		When this option is #defined, the existence of the
 		environment variable "preboot" will be checked
 		immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
 		countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
 		entering interactive mode.
 		This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
 		automatically generated or modified. For an example
 		see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
 		modified when the user holds down a certain
 		combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
 		booting the systems
 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
 		CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
 		If defined to 1, all characters received during a
 		serial download (using the "loads" command) are
 		echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
 		emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
 		time on others. This setting #define's the initial
 		value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
 		CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
 		Select one of the baudrates listed in
 		CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
 - Monitor Functions:
 		Monitor commands can be included or excluded
 		from the build by using the #include files
 		<config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
 		commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
 		and augmenting with additional #define's
 		for wanted commands.
 		The default command configuration includes all commands
 		except those marked below with a "*".
 		CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV	* ask for env variable
 		CONFIG_CMD_BDI		  bdinfo
 		CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG	* Include BedBug Debugger
 		CONFIG_CMD_BMP		* BMP support
 		CONFIG_CMD_BSP		* Board specific commands
 		CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD	  bootd
 		CONFIG_CMD_CACHE	* icache, dcache
 		CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE	  coninfo
 		CONFIG_CMD_CRC32	* crc32
 		CONFIG_CMD_DATE		* support for RTC, date/time...
 		CONFIG_CMD_DHCP		* DHCP support
 		CONFIG_CMD_DIAG		* Diagnostics
 		CONFIG_CMD_DS4510	* ds4510 I2C gpio commands
 		CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO	* ds4510 I2C info command
 		CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM	* ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
 		CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST	* ds4510 I2C rst command
 		CONFIG_CMD_DTT		* Digital Therm and Thermostat
 		CONFIG_CMD_ECHO		  echo arguments
 		CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV	  edit env variable
 		CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM	* EEPROM read/write support
 		CONFIG_CMD_ELF		* bootelf, bootvx
 		CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK	* display details about env callbacks
 		CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS	* display details about env flags
 		CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS	* check existence of env variable
 		CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV	* export the environment
 		CONFIG_CMD_EXT2		* ext2 command support
 		CONFIG_CMD_EXT4		* ext4 command support
 		CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV	  saveenv
 		CONFIG_CMD_FDC		* Floppy Disk Support
 		CONFIG_CMD_FAT		* FAT command support
 		CONFIG_CMD_FDOS		* Dos diskette Support
 		CONFIG_CMD_FLASH	  flinfo, erase, protect
 		CONFIG_CMD_FPGA		  FPGA device initialization support
 		CONFIG_CMD_FUSE		* Device fuse support
 		CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME	* Get time since boot
 		CONFIG_CMD_GO		* the 'go' command (exec code)
 		CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV	* search environment
 		CONFIG_CMD_HASH		* calculate hash / digest
 		CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW	* RTS/CTS hw flow control
 		CONFIG_CMD_I2C		* I2C serial bus support
 		CONFIG_CMD_IDE		* IDE harddisk support
 		CONFIG_CMD_IMI		  iminfo
 		CONFIG_CMD_IMLS		  List all images found in NOR flash
 		CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND	* List all images found in NAND flash
 		CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP	* IMMR dump support
 		CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV	* import an environment
 		CONFIG_CMD_INI		* import data from an ini file into the env
 		CONFIG_CMD_IRQ		* irqinfo
 		CONFIG_CMD_ITEST	  Integer/string test of 2 values
 		CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2	* JFFS2 Support
 		CONFIG_CMD_KGDB		* kgdb
 		CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO	* ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
 		CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL	* link-local IP address auto-configuration
 					  (169.254.*.*)
 		CONFIG_CMD_LOADB	  loadb
 		CONFIG_CMD_LOADS	  loads
 		CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM	* print md5 message digest
 					  (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
 		CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO	* Display detailed memory information
 		CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY	  md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
 					  loop, loopw
 		CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST	* mtest
 		CONFIG_CMD_MISC		  Misc functions like sleep etc
 		CONFIG_CMD_MMC		* MMC memory mapped support
 		CONFIG_CMD_MII		* MII utility commands
 		CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS	* MTD partition support
 		CONFIG_CMD_NAND		* NAND support
 		CONFIG_CMD_NET		  bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
 		CONFIG_CMD_NFS		  NFS support
 		CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X	* PCA953x I2C gpio commands
 		CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
 		CONFIG_CMD_PCI		* pciinfo
 		CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA		* PCMCIA support
 		CONFIG_CMD_PING		* send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
 					  host
 		CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO	* Port I/O
 		CONFIG_CMD_READ		* Read raw data from partition
 		CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO	* Register dump
 		CONFIG_CMD_RUN		  run command in env variable
 		CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX	* sb command to access sandbox features
 		CONFIG_CMD_SAVES	* save S record dump
 		CONFIG_CMD_SCSI		* SCSI Support
 		CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM	* print SDRAM configuration information
 					  (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
 		CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR	  Support for DCR Register access
 					  (4xx only)
 		CONFIG_CMD_SF		* Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
 		CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM	* print sha1 memory digest
 					  (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
 		CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH	* Soft switch setting command for BF60x
 		CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE	  "source" command Support
 		CONFIG_CMD_SPI		* SPI serial bus support
 		CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV	* TFTP transfer in server mode
 		CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT	* TFTP put command (upload)
 		CONFIG_CMD_TIME		* run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
 		CONFIG_CMD_TIMER	* access to the system tick timer
 		CONFIG_CMD_USB		* USB support
 		CONFIG_CMD_CDP		* Cisco Discover Protocol support
 		CONFIG_CMD_MFSL		* Microblaze FSL support
 		CONFIG_CMD_XIMG		  Load part of Multi Image
 		EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
 		support you can write:
 		#include "config_cmd_all.h"
 		#undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
 	Other Commands:
 		fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
 	Note:	Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
 		(configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
 		what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
 		cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
 		8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
 		uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
 		systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
 		initial stack and some data.
 		XXX - this list needs to get updated!
 - Regular expression support:
 		CONFIG_REGEX
 		If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
 		the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
 		which adds regex support to some commands, as for
 		example "env grep" and "setexpr".
 - Device tree:
 		CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
 		If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
 		to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
 		compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
 		experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
 		tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
 		U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
 		be done using one of the two options below:
 		CONFIG_OF_EMBED
 		If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
 		binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
 		board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
 		is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
 		the global data structure as gd->blob.
 		CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
 		If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
 		binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
 		code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
 			cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
 		and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
 		u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
 		still use the individual files if you need something more
 		exotic.
 - Watchdog:
 		CONFIG_WATCHDOG
 		If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
 		support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
 		specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
 		CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
 		register.  When supported for a specific SoC is
 		available, then no further board specific code should
 		be needed to use it.
 		CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
 		When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
 		SoC, then define this variable and provide board
 		specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
 - U-Boot Version:
 		CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
 		If this variable is defined, an environment variable
 		named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
 		version as printed by the "version" command.
 		Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
 		next reset.
 - Real-Time Clock:
 		When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
 		has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
 		following options:
 		CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx	- use internal RTC of MPC8xx
 		CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563	- use Philips PCF8563 RTC
 		CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX	- use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
 		CONFIG_RTC_MC146818	- use MC146818 RTC
 		CONFIG_RTC_DS1307	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
 		CONFIG_RTC_DS1337	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
 		CONFIG_RTC_DS1338	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
 		CONFIG_RTC_DS164x	- use Dallas DS164x RTC
 		CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208	- use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
 		CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900	- use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
 		CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC	- Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
 		CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR	- enable trickle charger on
 					  RV3029 RTC.
 		Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
 		must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
 - GPIO Support:
 		CONFIG_PCA953X		- use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
 		The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
 		chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
 		pins supported by a particular chip.
 		Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
 		must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
 - Timestamp Support:
 		When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
 		(date and time) of an image is printed by image
 		commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
 		automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
 		Zero or more of the following:
 		CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION   Apple's MacOS partition table.
 		CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION   MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
 				       Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
 		CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION   ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
 		CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION   GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
 				       bootloader.  Note 2TB partition limit; see
 				       disk/part_efi.c
 		CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS  Memory Technology Device partition table.
 		If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
 		CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
 		least one non-MTD partition type as well.
 - IDE Reset method:
 		CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
 		board configurations files but used nowhere!
 		CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
 		be performed by calling the function
 			ide_set_reset(int reset)
 		which has to be defined in a board specific file
 - ATAPI Support:
 		CONFIG_ATAPI
 		Set this to enable ATAPI support.
 - LBA48 Support
 		CONFIG_LBA48
 		Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
 		Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
 		Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
 		support disks up to 2.1TB.
 		CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
 			When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
 			Default is 32bit.
 - SCSI Support:
 		At the moment only there is only support for the
 		SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
 		CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
 		CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
 		CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
 		CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
 		maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
 		devices.
 		CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
 		The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
 		SCSI devices found during the last scan.
 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
 		CONFIG_E1000
 		Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
 		CONFIG_E1000_SPI
 		Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
 		This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
 		of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
 		CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
 		Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
 		example with the "sspi" command.
 		CONFIG_CMD_E1000
 		Management command for E1000 devices.  When used on devices
 		with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
 		CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
 		default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
 		CONFIG_EEPRO100
 		Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
 		Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
 		write routine for first time initialisation.
 		CONFIG_TULIP
 		Support for Digital 2114x chips.
 		Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
 		modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
 		CONFIG_NATSEMI
 		Support for National dp83815 chips.
 		CONFIG_NS8382X
 		Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
 - NETWORK Support (other):
 		CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
 		Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
 			CONFIG_RMII
 			Define this to use reduced MII inteface
 			CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
 			If this defined, the driver is quiet.
 			The driver doen't show link status messages.
 		CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
 		Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
 		CONFIG_LAN91C96
 		Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
 			CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
 			Define this to hold the physical address
 			of the LAN91C96's I/O space
 			CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
 			Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
 		CONFIG_SMC91111
 		Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
 			CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
 			Define this to hold the physical address
 			of the device (I/O space)
 			CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
 			Define this if data bus is 32 bits
 			CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
 			Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
 			(some hardware wont work with macros)
 		CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
 		Support for davinci emac
 			CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
 			Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
 		CONFIG_FTGMAC100
 		Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
 			CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
 			Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
 			Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
 			If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
 			wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
 			useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
 			control registers. This behavior won't affect the
 			correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
 		CONFIG_SMC911X
 		Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
 			CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
 			Define this to hold the physical address
 			of the device (I/O space)
 			CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
 			Define this if data bus is 32 bits
 			CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
 			Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
 			automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
 			words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
 		CONFIG_SH_ETHER
 		Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
 			CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
 			Define the number of ports to be used
 			CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
 			Define the ETH PHY's address
 			CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
 			If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
 - TPM Support:
 		CONFIG_TPM
 		Support TPM devices.
 		CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
 		Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
 		per system is supported at this time.
 			CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
 			Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
 			CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
 			Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
 			CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
 			Define the burst count bytes upper limit
 		CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
 		Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
 		CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
 		Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
 		per system is supported at this time.
 			CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
 			Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
 			to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
 			0xfed40000.
 		CONFIG_CMD_TPM
 		Add tpm monitor functions.
 		Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
 		provides monitor access to authorized functions.
 		CONFIG_TPM
 		Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
 		functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
 		Requires support for a TPM device.
 		CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
 		Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
 		Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
 - USB Support:
 		At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
 		supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
 		CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
 		define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
 		and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
 		storage devices.
 		Note:
 		Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
 		(TEAC FD-05PUB).
 		MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
 			CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
 				for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
 			CONFIG_PSC3_USB
 				for USB on PSC3
 			CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
 				for differential drivers: 0x00001000
 				for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
 				for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
 				for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
 			CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
 				May be defined to allow interrupt polling
 				instead of using asynchronous interrupts
 		CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
 		txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
 		CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
 		interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
 - USB Device:
 		Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
 		Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
 		command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
 		attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
 		it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
 		can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
 		appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
 		Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
 		If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
 		a Linux host by
 		# modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
 		else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
 		variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
 		might be defined in YourBoardName.h
 			CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
 			Define this to build a UDC device
 			CONFIG_USB_TTY
 			Define this to have a tty type of device available to
 			talk to the UDC device
 			CONFIG_USBD_HS
 			Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
 			device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
 			int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
 			also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
 			whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
 			speed.
 			CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
 			Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
 			be set to usbtty.
 			mpc8xx:
 				CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
 				Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
 				- CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
 				CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
 				Derive USB clock from brgclk
 				- CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
 		If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
 		define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
 		or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
 		CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
 		CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
 		should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
 			CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
 			Define this string as the name of your company for
 			- CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
 			CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
 			Define this string as the name of your product
 			- CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
 			CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
 			Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
 			Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
 			to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
 			- CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
 			CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
 			Define this as the unique Product ID
 			for your device
 			- CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
 		Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
 		In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
 			CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
 			This enables function definition:
 			- usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
 			Implementation of this function is board-specific.
 - ULPI Layer Support:
 		The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
 		the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
 		via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
 		the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
 		viewport is supported.
 		To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
 		CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
 		If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
 		standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
 		the appropriate value in Hz.
 - MMC Support:
 		The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
 		enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
 		accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
 		to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
 		enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
 		the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
 		CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
 		Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
 			CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
 			Define the base address of MMCIF registers
 			CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
 			Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
 		CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
 		This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
 		CONFIG_CMD_DFU
 		This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
 		U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB.  This command
 		requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
 		set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
 		CONFIG_DFU_MMC
 		This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
 		CONFIG_DFU_NAND
 		This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
 		CONFIG_DFU_RAM
 		This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
 		Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
 		allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
 		one that would help mostly the developer.
 		CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
 		Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
 		raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
 		configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
 		through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
 		CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
 		When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
 		we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
 		the buffer once we've been given the whole file.  Define
 		this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
 		Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
 		CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
 		CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
 		Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
 		CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
 		CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
 		Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
 		CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
 		Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
 		function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
 		If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
 		#define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART	1
 		to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
 		have not defined a custom partition
 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
 		CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
 		Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
 		file in FAT formatted partition.
 		This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
 		user to write files to FAT.
 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
 		CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
 		Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
 		filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
 		and cbfsload.
 - Keyboard Support:
 		CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
 		Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
 		support
 		CONFIG_I8042_KBD
 		Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
 		GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
 		Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
 		for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
 		CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
 		Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
 		This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
 		which provides key scans on request.
 - Video support:
 		CONFIG_VIDEO
 		Define this to enable video support (for output to
 		video).
 		CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
 		Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
 		CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
 		Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
 		video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
 		(1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
 		assumed.
 		For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
 		selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
 		are possible:
 		- "videomode=num"   'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
 		Following standard modes are supported	(* is default):
 		      Colors	640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
 		-------------+---------------------------------------------
 		      8 bits |	0x301*	0x303	 0x305	  0x161	    0x307
 		     15 bits |	0x310	0x313	 0x316	  0x162	    0x319
 		     16 bits |	0x311	0x314	 0x317	  0x163	    0x31A
 		     24 bits |	0x312	0x315	 0x318	    ?	    0x31B
 		-------------+---------------------------------------------
 		(i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
 		- "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
 		from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
 		CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
 		Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
 		and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
 		or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
 		CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
 		Enable the Freescale DIU video driver.	Reference boards for
 		SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
 		support, and should also define these other macros:
 			CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
 			CONFIG_VIDEO
 			CONFIG_CMD_BMP
 			CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
 			CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
 			CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
 			CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
 			CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
 		The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
 		variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
 		boot.  See the documentation file README.video for a
 		description of this variable.
 		CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
 		Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
 		are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
 		driver.
 - Keyboard Support:
 		CONFIG_KEYBOARD
 		Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
 		This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
 		defined in your board-specific files.
 		The only board using this so far is RBC823.
 - LCD Support:	CONFIG_LCD
 		Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
 		display); also select one of the supported displays
 		by defining one of these:
 		CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
 			HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
 		CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
 			NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
 		CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
 			NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
 			Active, color, single scan.
 		CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
 			NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
 			Active, color, single scan.
 		CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
 			Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
 			It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
 		CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
 			Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
 			Active, color, single scan.
 		CONFIG_HLD1045
 			HLD1045 display, 640x480.
 			Active, color, single scan.
 		CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
 			Optrex	 CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
 			or
 			Hitachi	 LMG6912RPFC-00T
 			or
 			Hitachi	 SP14Q002
 			320x240. Black & white.
 		Normally display is black on white background; define
 		CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
 		CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
 		Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
 		defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
 		For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
 		here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
 		a per-section basis.
 		CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
 		When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
 		lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
 		the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
 		is slow.
 		CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
 		Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
 		CONFIG_I2C_EDID
 		Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
 		information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
 		If this option is set, the environment is checked for
 		a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
 		of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
 		is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
 		specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
 		console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
 		allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
 		loaded very quickly after power-on.
 		CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
 		If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
 		variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
 		(see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
 		This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
 		restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
 		abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
 		accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
 		there is no need to set this option.
 		CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
 		If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
 		on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
 		position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
 		number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
 		is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
 		specify 'm' for centering the image.
 		Example:
 		setenv splashpos m,m
 			=> image at center of screen
 		setenv splashpos 30,20
 			=> image at x = 30 and y = 20
 		setenv splashpos -10,m
 			=> vertically centered image
 			   at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
 		If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
 		images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
 		splashscreen support or the bmp command.
 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
 		If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
 		can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
 		bmp command.
 - Do compresssing for memory range:
 		CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
 		If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
 		to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
 - Compression support:
 		CONFIG_GZIP
 		Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
 		CONFIG_BZIP2
 		If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
 		images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
 		compressed images are supported.
 		NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
 		the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
 		be at least 4MB.
 		CONFIG_LZMA
 		If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
 		images is included.
 		Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
 		requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
 		formula:
 			(1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
 		Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
 		and Literal pos bits.
 		This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
 		for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
 		total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
 		a very small buffer.
 		Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
 		then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
 		the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
 		CONFIG_LZO
 		If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
 		is included.
 - MII/PHY support:
 		CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
 		The address of PHY on MII bus.
 		CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
 		The clock frequency of the MII bus
 		CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
 		If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
 		detection of gigabit PHY is included.
 		CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
 		Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
 		reset before any MII register access is possible.
 		For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
 		required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
 		CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
 		Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
 		command issued before MII status register can be read
 - Ethernet address:
 		CONFIG_ETHADDR
 		CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
 		CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
 		CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
 		CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
 		CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
 		Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
 		for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
 		is not determined automatically.
 - IP address:
 		CONFIG_IPADDR
 		Define a default value for the IP address to use for
 		the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
 		determined through e.g. bootp.
 		(Environment variable "ipaddr")
 - Server IP address:
 		CONFIG_SERVERIP
 		Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
 		server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
 		(Environment variable "serverip")
 		CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
 		Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
 		for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
 - Gateway IP address:
 		CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
 		Defines a default value for the IP address of the
 		default router where packets to other networks are
 		sent to.
 		(Environment variable "gatewayip")
 - Subnet mask:
 		CONFIG_NETMASK
 		Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
 		routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
 		address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
 		forwarded through a router.
 		(Environment variable "netmask")
 - Multicast TFTP Mode:
 		CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
 		Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
 		rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp.  Lets lots of targets
 		tftp down the same boot image concurrently.  Note: the Ethernet
 		driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
 		multicast group.
 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
 		If you have many targets in a network that try to
 		boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
 		systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
 		moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
 		from a power failure, when all systems will try to
 		boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
 		inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
 		following delays are inserted then:
 		1st BOOTP request:	delay 0 ... 1 sec
 		2nd BOOTP request:	delay 0 ... 2 sec
 		3rd BOOTP request:	delay 0 ... 4 sec
 		4th and following
 		BOOTP requests:		delay 0 ... 8 sec
 - DHCP Advanced Options:
 		You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
 		environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
 		after the configured retry count, the call will fail
 		instead of starting over.  This can be used to fail over
 		to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
 		is not available.
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
 		serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
 		than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
 		If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
 		serverip will be stored in the additional environment
 		variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
 		stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
 		is defined.
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
 		to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
 		need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
 		If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
 		of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
 		option 12 to the DHCP server.
 		CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
 		A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
 		receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
 		This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
 		respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
 		AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
 		to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
 		DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
 		least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
 		that one of the retries will be successful but note that
 		the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
 		this delay.
  - Link-local IP address negotiation:
 		Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
 		for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
 		This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
 		to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
 		See doc/README.link-local for more information.
  - CDP Options:
 		CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
 		The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
 		CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
 		A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
 		of the device.
 		CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
 		A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
 		the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
 		eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
 		CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
 		A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
 		0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
 		CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
 		An ascii string containing the version of the software.
 		CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
 		An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
 		CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
 		A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
 		CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
 		A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
 		device in .1 of milliwatts.
 		CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
 		A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
 - Status LED:	CONFIG_STATUS_LED
 		Several configurations allow to display the current
 		status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
 		fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
 		soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
 		start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
 		(supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
 		kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
 		feature in U-Boot.
 		Additional options:
 		CONFIG_GPIO_LED
 		The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
 		In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
 		status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
 		to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
 		CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
 		Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
 		case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
 		GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
 		In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
 		with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
 - CAN Support:	CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
 		Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
 		on those systems that support this (optional)
 		feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
 - I2C Support:	CONFIG_SYS_I2C
 		This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
 		i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
 		CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
 		based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
 		common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
 		interface.
 		ported i2c driver to the new framework:
 		- drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
 		  - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
 		    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
 		    for defining speed and slave address
 		  - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
 		    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
 		    for defining speed and slave address
 		  - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
 		    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
 		    for defining speed and slave address
 		  - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
 		    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
 		    for defining speed and slave address
 		- drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
 		  - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
 		    define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
 		    offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
 		    CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
 		    bus.
 		  - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
 		    CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
 		    CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
 		    CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
 		    second bus.
 		- drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
 		  - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
 		    100000 and the slave addr 0!
 		- drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
 		- drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
 		  - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
 		  - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
 		  - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
 		  - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
 		  - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
 		  - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
 		If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
 		for speed, and 0 for slave.
 		- drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
 		  - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
 		  - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
 		- drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
 		  - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
 		  - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
 		- drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
 		  - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
 		- drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
 		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
 		  - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
 		  - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
+		- drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
+		  - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
+		  - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
+		    9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
+		    with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
 		additional defines:
 		CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
 		Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
 		don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
 		is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
 		omit this define.
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
 		define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
 		if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
 		omit this define.
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
 		define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
 		on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
 		define.
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
 		hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
 		a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
 		CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
 		 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES	{{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
 					{0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
 					{1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
 					{1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
 					{1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
 					}
 		which defines
 			bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
 			bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
 			bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
 			bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
 			bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
 			bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
 			bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
 			bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
 			bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
 		If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
 - Legacy I2C Support:	CONFIG_HARD_I2C
 		NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
 		provides the following compelling advantages:
 		- more than one i2c adapter is usable
 		- approved multibus support
 		- better i2c mux support
 		** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
 		These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
 		CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
 		for the selected CPU.
 		This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
 		command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
 		CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
 		clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
 		command line interface.
 		CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
 		There are several other quantities that must also be
 		defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
 		In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
 		to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
 		to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
 		the CPU's i2c node address).
 		Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
 		(arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
 		and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
 		eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
 		When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
 		chips might think that the current transfer is still
 		in progress.  Reset the slave devices by sending start
 		commands until the slave device responds.
 		That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
 		If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
 		then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
 		from include/configs/lwmon.h):
 		I2C_INIT
 		(Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
 		controller or configure ports.
 		eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |=	PB_SCL)
 		I2C_PORT
 		(Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
 		assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
 		are 0..3 for ports A..D.
 		I2C_ACTIVE
 		The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
 		(driven).  If the data line is open collector, this
 		define can be null.
 		eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |=  PB_SDA)
 		I2C_TRISTATE
 		The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
 		(inactive).  If the data line is open collector, this
 		define can be null.
 		eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
 		I2C_READ
 		Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
 		false if it is low.
 		eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
 		I2C_SDA(bit)
 		If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
 		is false, it clears it (low).
 		eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
 			if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |=  PB_SDA; \
 			else	immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
 		I2C_SCL(bit)
 		If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
 		is false, it clears it (low).
 		eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
 			if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |=  PB_SCL; \
 			else	immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
 		I2C_DELAY
 		This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
 		controls the rate of data transfer.  The data rate thus
 		is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
 		like:
 		#define I2C_DELAY  udelay(2)
 		CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
 		If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
 		then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
 		used as SCL / SDA.  Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
 		have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
 		You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
 		the generic GPIO functions.
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
 		When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
 		chips might think that the current transfer is still
 		in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
 		the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
 		processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
 		connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
 		custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
 		is run early in the boot sequence.
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
 		An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
 		defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
 		boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
 		is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
 		using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
 		controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
 		i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
 		controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
 		CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
 		This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
 		in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
 		variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
 		CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
 		This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
 		must have a controller.	 At any point in time, only one bus is
 		active.	 To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
 		Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
 		This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
 		when the 'i2c probe' command is issued.	 If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
 		is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs.  Otherwise, specify
 		a 1D array of device addresses
 		e.g.
 			#undef	CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
 			#define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
 		will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
 			#define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
 			#define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES	{{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
 		will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
 		CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
 		If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
 		If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
 		CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
 		If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
 		If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
 		CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
 		If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
 		If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
 		CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
 		If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
 		If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
 		specified DTT device.
 		CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
 		defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
 		the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
 		between writing the address pointer and reading the
 		data.  If this define is omitted the default behaviour
 		of doing a stop-start sequence will be used.  Most I2C
 		devices can use either method, but some require one or
 		the other.
 - SPI Support:	CONFIG_SPI
 		Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
 		SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
 		D/As on the SACSng board)
 		CONFIG_SH_SPI
 		Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
 		only SH7757 is supported.
 		CONFIG_SPI_X
 		Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
 		(symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
 		CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
 		Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
 		using hardware support. This is a general purpose
 		driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
 		(two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
 		defined, the board configuration must define several
 		SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
 		an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
 		CONFIG_HARD_SPI
 		Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
 		and writes.  As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
 		must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
 		Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors.	 For an
 		example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
 		CONFIG_MXC_SPI
 		Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
 		SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
 		Enables FPGA subsystem.
 		CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
 		Enables support for specific chip vendors.
 		(ALTERA, XILINX)
 		CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
 		Enables support for FPGA family.
 		(SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
 		CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
 		Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
 		Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
 		Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
 		status by the configuration function. This option
 		will require a board or device specific function to
 		be written.
 		CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
 		If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
 		configuration driver.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
 		Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
 		Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
 		loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
 		configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
 		indicated a CRC error).
 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
 		Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
 		after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
 		FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
 		ms.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
 		Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
 		Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
 		CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
 		Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
 		200 ms.
 - Configuration Management:
 		CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
 		If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
 		version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
 		U-Boot considers the values of the environment
 		variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
 		"ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
 		are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
 		protects these variables from casual modification by
 		the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
 		and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
 		change this behaviour:
 		If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
 		file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
 		completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
 		these parameters.
 		Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
 		_and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
 		Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
 		which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
 		serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
 		read-only.]
 		The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
 		for any variable by configuring the type of access
 		to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
 		or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
 - Protected RAM:
 		CONFIG_PRAM
 		Define this variable to enable the reservation of
 		"protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
 		by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
 		kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
 		this default value by defining an environment
 		variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
 		reserve. Note that the board info structure will
 		still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
 		reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
 		automatically be defined to hold the amount of
 		remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
 		argument to Linux, for instance like that:
 			setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
 			saveenv
 		This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
 		either, which results in a memory region that will
 		not be affected by reboots.
 		*WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
 		detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
 		this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
 		following board configurations are known to be
 		"pRAM-clean":
 			IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
 			HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
 			FLAGADM, TQM8260
 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
 		Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
 		normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
 		support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
 		machines using physical address extension or similar.
 		Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
 		currently only supports clearing the memory.
 - Error Recovery:
 		CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
 		Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
 		fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
 		This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
 		system where you want the system to reboot
 		automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
 		useful during development since you can try to debug
 		the conditions that lead to the situation.
 		CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
 		This variable defines the number of retries for
 		network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
 		before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
 		default value of 5 is used.
 		CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
 		Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
 		CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
 		Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
 		If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
 		try longer timeout such as
 		#define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
 - Command Interpreter:
 		CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
 		Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
 		Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
 		for the "hush" shell.
 		CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
 		Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
 		Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
 		powerful command line syntax like
 		if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
 		constructs ("shell scripts").
 		If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
 		with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
 		CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
 		This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
 		printed when the command interpreter needs more input
 		to complete a command. Usually "> ".
 	Note:
 		In the current implementation, the local variables
 		space and global environment variables space are
 		separated. Local variables are those you define by
 		simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
 		variable later on, you have write `$name' or
 		`${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
 		directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
 		Global environment variables are those you use
 		setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
 		in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
 		and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
 		To store commands and special characters in a
 		variable, please use double quotation marks
 		surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
 		of the backslashes before semicolons and special
 		symbols.
 - Commandline Editing and History:
 		CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
 		Enable editing and History functions for interactive
 		commandline input operations
 - Default Environment:
 		CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
 		Define this to contain any number of null terminated
 		strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
 		the default environment compiled into the boot image.
 		For example, place something like this in your
 		board's config file:
 		#define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
 			"myvar1=value1\0" \
 			"myvar2=value2\0"
 		Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
 		internal format how the environment is stored by the
 		U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
 		interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
 		will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
 		You better know what you are doing here.
 		Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
 		discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
 		the environment like the "source" command or the
 		boot command first.
 		CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
 		Define this in order to add variables describing the
 		U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
 		These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
 		Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
 		- CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
 		- CONFIG_SYS_CPU
 		- CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
 		- CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
 		- CONFIG_SYS_SOC
 		CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
 		Define this in order to add variables describing certain
 		run-time determined information about the hardware to the
 		environment.  These will be named board_name, board_rev.
 		CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
 		Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
 		intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
 		that so that the environment is not available until
 		explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
 		this is instead controlled by the value of
 		/config/load-environment.
 - DataFlash Support:
 		CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
 		Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
 		allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
 		commands cp, md...
 - Serial Flash support
 		CONFIG_CMD_SF
 		Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
 		'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
 		Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
 		flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
 		commands.
 		The following defaults may be provided by the platform
 		to handle the common case when only a single serial
 		flash is present on the system.
 		CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS		Bus identifier
 		CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS		Chip-select
 		CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE 		(see include/spi.h)
 		CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED		in Hz
 		CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
 		Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
 		test ('sf test').
 		CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR		Ban/Extended Addr Reg
 		Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
 		support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
 - SystemACE Support:
 		CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
 		Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
 		chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
 		of the chip must also be defined in the
 		CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
 		#define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
 		#define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
 		When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
 		becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
 		CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
 		If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
 		is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
 		If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
 		number generator is used.
 		Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
 		the TFTP UDP destination port value.  If tftpdstp isn't
 		defined, the normal port 69 is used.
 		The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
 		blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
 		target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
 		"punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
 		the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
 		A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
 		but sometimes that is not allowed.
 - Hashing support:
 		CONFIG_CMD_HASH
 		This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
 		hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
 		CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
 		Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
 		size a little.
 		CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
 		CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
 		Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
 		be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
 - Freescale i.MX specific commands:
 		CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
 		This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
 		HDMI monitor is detected.  This command is i.MX 6 specific.
 		CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
 		This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
 		a boot from specific media.
 		This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
 		activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
 		on U-Boot.  Using the reset button or running bmode normal
 		will set it back to normal.  This command currently
 		supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
 - Signing support:
 		CONFIG_RSA
 		This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
 		in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
 		The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
 		option.
 - Show boot progress:
 		CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
 		Defining this option allows to add some board-
 		specific code (calling a user-provided function
 		"show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
 		the system's boot progress on some display (for
 		example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
 		the following checkpoints are implemented:
 - Detailed boot stage timing
 		CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
 		Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
 		of the boot process.
 		CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
 		This is the number of available user bootstage records.
 		Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
 		a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
 		the limit, recording will stop.
 		CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
 		Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
 		Timer summary in microseconds:
 		       Mark    Elapsed  Stage
 			  0          0  reset
 		  3,575,678  3,575,678  board_init_f start
 		  3,575,695         17  arch_cpu_init A9
 		  3,575,777         82  arch_cpu_init done
 		  3,659,598     83,821  board_init_r start
 		  3,910,375    250,777  main_loop
 		 29,916,167 26,005,792  bootm_start
 		 30,361,327    445,160  start_kernel
 		CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
 		Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
 		and un/stashing of bootstage data.
 		CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
 		Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
 		node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
 		has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
 		mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
 		accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
 		For example:
 		bootstage {
 			154 {
 				name = "board_init_f";
 				mark = <3575678>;
 			};
 			170 {
 				name = "lcd";
 				accum = <33482>;
 			};
 		};
 		Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
 Legacy uImage format:
   Arg	Where			When
     1	common/cmd_bootm.c	before attempting to boot an image
    -1	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has bad	 magic number
     2	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has correct magic number
    -2	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has bad	 checksum
     3	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has correct checksum
    -3	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image data   has bad	 checksum
     4	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image data   has correct checksum
    -4	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image is for unsupported architecture
     5	common/cmd_bootm.c	Architecture check OK
    -5	common/cmd_bootm.c	Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
     6	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image Type check OK
    -6	common/cmd_bootm.c	gunzip uncompression error
    -7	common/cmd_bootm.c	Unimplemented compression type
     7	common/cmd_bootm.c	Uncompression OK
     8	common/cmd_bootm.c	No uncompress/copy overwrite error
    -9	common/cmd_bootm.c	Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
     9	common/image.c		Start initial ramdisk verification
   -10	common/image.c		Ramdisk header has bad	   magic number
   -11	common/image.c		Ramdisk header has bad	   checksum
    10	common/image.c		Ramdisk header is OK
   -12	common/image.c		Ramdisk data   has bad	   checksum
    11	common/image.c		Ramdisk data   has correct checksum
    12	common/image.c		Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
   -13	common/image.c		Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
    13	common/image.c		Start multifile image verification
    14	common/image.c		No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
    15	arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
   -30	arch/powerpc/lib/board.c	Fatal error, hang the system
   -31	post/post.c		POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
   -32	post/post.c		POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
    34	common/cmd_doc.c	before loading a Image from a DOC device
   -35	common/cmd_doc.c	Bad usage of "doc" command
    35	common/cmd_doc.c	correct usage of "doc" command
   -36	common/cmd_doc.c	No boot device
    36	common/cmd_doc.c	correct boot device
   -37	common/cmd_doc.c	Unknown Chip ID on boot device
    37	common/cmd_doc.c	correct chip ID found, device available
   -38	common/cmd_doc.c	Read Error on boot device
    38	common/cmd_doc.c	reading Image header from DOC device OK
   -39	common/cmd_doc.c	Image header has bad magic number
    39	common/cmd_doc.c	Image header has correct magic number
   -40	common/cmd_doc.c	Error reading Image from DOC device
    40	common/cmd_doc.c	Image header has correct magic number
    41	common/cmd_ide.c	before loading a Image from a IDE device
   -42	common/cmd_ide.c	Bad usage of "ide" command
    42	common/cmd_ide.c	correct usage of "ide" command
   -43	common/cmd_ide.c	No boot device
    43	common/cmd_ide.c	boot device found
   -44	common/cmd_ide.c	Device not available
    44	common/cmd_ide.c	Device available
   -45	common/cmd_ide.c	wrong partition selected
    45	common/cmd_ide.c	partition selected
   -46	common/cmd_ide.c	Unknown partition table
    46	common/cmd_ide.c	valid partition table found
   -47	common/cmd_ide.c	Invalid partition type
    47	common/cmd_ide.c	correct partition type
   -48	common/cmd_ide.c	Error reading Image Header on boot device
    48	common/cmd_ide.c	reading Image Header from IDE device OK
   -49	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has bad magic number
    49	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has correct magic number
   -50	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has bad	 checksum
    50	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has correct checksum
   -51	common/cmd_ide.c	Error reading Image from IDE device
    51	common/cmd_ide.c	reading Image from IDE device OK
    52	common/cmd_nand.c	before loading a Image from a NAND device
   -53	common/cmd_nand.c	Bad usage of "nand" command
    53	common/cmd_nand.c	correct usage of "nand" command
   -54	common/cmd_nand.c	No boot device
    54	common/cmd_nand.c	boot device found
   -55	common/cmd_nand.c	Unknown Chip ID on boot device
    55	common/cmd_nand.c	correct chip ID found, device available
   -56	common/cmd_nand.c	Error reading Image Header on boot device
    56	common/cmd_nand.c	reading Image Header from NAND device OK
   -57	common/cmd_nand.c	Image header has bad magic number
    57	common/cmd_nand.c	Image header has correct magic number
   -58	common/cmd_nand.c	Error reading Image from NAND device
    58	common/cmd_nand.c	reading Image from NAND device OK
   -60	common/env_common.c	Environment has a bad CRC, using default
    64	net/eth.c		starting with Ethernet configuration.
   -64	net/eth.c		no Ethernet found.
    65	net/eth.c		Ethernet found.
   -80	common/cmd_net.c	usage wrong
    80	common/cmd_net.c	before calling NetLoop()
   -81	common/cmd_net.c	some error in NetLoop() occurred
    81	common/cmd_net.c	NetLoop() back without error
   -82	common/cmd_net.c	size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
    82	common/cmd_net.c	trying automatic boot
    83	common/cmd_net.c	running "source" command
   -83	common/cmd_net.c	some error in automatic boot or "source" command
    84	common/cmd_net.c	end without errors
 FIT uImage format:
   Arg	Where			When
   100	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel FIT Image has correct format
  -100	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
   101	common/cmd_bootm.c	No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
  -101	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
   102	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel unit name specified
  -103	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage node offset
   103	common/cmd_bootm.c	Found configuration node
   104	common/cmd_bootm.c	Got kernel subimage node offset
  -104	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage hash verification failed
   105	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage hash verification OK
  -105	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
   106	common/cmd_bootm.c	Architecture check OK
  -106	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage has wrong type
   107	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage type OK
  -107	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage data/size
   108	common/cmd_bootm.c	Got kernel subimage data/size
  -108	common/cmd_bootm.c	Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
  -109	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage type
  -110	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage comp
  -111	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage os
  -112	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage load address
  -113	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
   120	common/image.c		Start initial ramdisk verification
  -120	common/image.c		Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
   121	common/image.c		Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
   122	common/image.c		No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
  -122	common/image.c		Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
   123	common/image.c		Ramdisk unit name specified
  -124	common/image.c		Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
   125	common/image.c		Got ramdisk subimage node offset
  -125	common/image.c		Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
   126	common/image.c		Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
  -126	common/image.c		Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
   127	common/image.c		Architecture check OK
  -127	common/image.c		Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
   128	common/image.c		Got ramdisk subimage data/size
   129	common/image.c		Can't get ramdisk load address
  -129	common/image.c		Got ramdisk load address
  -130	common/cmd_doc.c	Incorrect FIT image format
   131	common/cmd_doc.c	FIT image format OK
  -140	common/cmd_ide.c	Incorrect FIT image format
   141	common/cmd_ide.c	FIT image format OK
  -150	common/cmd_nand.c	Incorrect FIT image format
   151	common/cmd_nand.c	FIT image format OK
 - FIT image support:
 		CONFIG_FIT
 		Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
 		CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
 		When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
 		one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
 		U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
 		most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
 		The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
 		CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
 		This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
 		using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
 		doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
 - Standalone program support:
 		CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
 		This option defines a board specific value for the
 		address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
 		overwriting the architecture dependent default
 		settings.
 - Frame Buffer Address:
 		CONFIG_FB_ADDR
 		Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
 		address for frame buffer.  This is typically the case
 		when using a graphics controller has separate video
 		memory.  U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
 		the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
 		in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
 		the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
 		configured panel size.
 		Please see board_init_f function.
 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
 		CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
 		CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
 		CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
 		These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
 		for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
 		CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
 		Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
 		Needed for mtdparts command support.
 		CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
 		Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
 		kernel. Needed for UBI support.
 - UBI support
 		CONFIG_CMD_UBI
 		Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
 		with the UBI flash translation layer
 		Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
 		CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
 		Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing.  This leaves
 		warnings and errors enabled.
 - UBIFS support
 		CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
 		Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
 		UBIFS.  UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
 		Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
 		CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
 		Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing.  This leaves
 		warnings and errors enabled.
 - SPL framework
 		CONFIG_SPL
 		Enable building of SPL globally.
 		CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
 		LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
 		Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
 		When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
 		used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
 		must not be both defined at the same time.
 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
 		Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
 		linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
 		When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
 		not exceed it.
 		CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
 		TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
 		CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
 		Address to relocate to.  If unspecified, this is equal to
 		CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
 		CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
 		Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
 		CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
 		Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
 		When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
 		by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
 		must not be both defined at the same time.
 		CONFIG_SPL_STACK
 		Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
 		CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
 		Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
 		relocation.  If unspecified, this is equal to
 		CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
 		CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
 		Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
 		CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
 		The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
 		CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
 		Enable the SPL framework under common/.  This framework
 		supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
 		NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
 		CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
 		For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
 		about the running system.
 		CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
 		Arch init code should be built for a very small image
 		CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
 		Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
 		Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
 		Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
 		Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
 		Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
 		CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
 		CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
 		Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
 		when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
 		Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
 		used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
 		CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
 		Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
 		parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
 		(for falcon mode)
 		CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
 		Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
 		Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
 		CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
 		Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
 		from FAT (for Falcon mode)
 		CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
 		Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
 		when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
 		CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
 		Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
 		start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
 		continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
 		loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
 		Include nand_base.c in the SPL.  Requires
 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
 		SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
 		Include standard software ECC in the SPL
 		CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
 		Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
 		expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
 		CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
 		Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
 		drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
 		CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
 		Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
 		SPL binary.
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
 		Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
 		to read U-Boot
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
 		Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
 		Location in memory to load U-Boot to
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
 		Size of image to load
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
 		Entry point in loaded image to jump to
 		CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
 		Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
 		data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
 		CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
 		Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
 		ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
 		CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
 		Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
 		Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
 		Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
 		Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
 		Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
 		Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
 		CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
 		Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
 		It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
 		CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
 		CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
 		Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
 		the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
 		CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
 		payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
 		CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
 		Final target image containing SPL and payload.  Some SPLs
 		use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
 		example if more than one image needs to be produced.
 		CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
 		Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
 		code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
 		option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
 		bootm command when booting a FIT image.
 - TPL framework
 		CONFIG_TPL
 		Enable building of TPL globally.
 		CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
 		Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
 		the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
 		CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
 		CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
 		payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
 Modem Support:
 --------------
 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
 - Modem support enable:
 		CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
 		CONFIG_HWFLOW
 - Modem debug support:
 		CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
 		Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
 		for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
 - Interrupt support (PPC):
 		There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
 		for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
 		for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
 		should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
 		CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
 		(ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
 		timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
 		specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
 		/ other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
 		general timer_interrupt().
 - General:
 		In the target system modem support is enabled when a
 		specific key (key combination) is pressed during
 		power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
 		(autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
 		board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
 		function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
 		initialization.
 		If there are no modem init strings in the
 		environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
 		previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
 		suppressed, though.
 		See also: doc/README.Modem
 Board initialization settings:
 ------------------------------
 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
 Configuration Settings:
 -----------------------
 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
 		undefine this when you're short of memory.
 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
 		width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT:	This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
 		prompt for user input.
 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE:	Buffer size for input from the Console
 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE:	Buffer size for Console output
 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS:	max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
 		the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
 		booted
 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
 		List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
 		Suppress display of console information at boot.
 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
 		If the board specific function
 			extern int overwrite_console (void);
 		returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
 		serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
 		Enable the call to overwrite_console().
 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
 		Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
 		Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
 		simple memory test.
 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
 		Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
 		Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
 		You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
 		If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
 		this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
 		(end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
 		fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
 		the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
 		This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
 		board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
 		recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
 		will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
 		This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
 		CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
 		be touched.
 		WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
 		the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
 		then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
 		non page size aligned address and this could cause major
 		problems.
 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
 		Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
 		Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
 		Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
 		Cogent motherboard)
 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
 		Physical start address of Flash memory.
 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
 		Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
 		make config files to be same as the text base address
 		(CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
 		CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
 		Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
 		determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
 		embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
 		flash sector.
 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
 		Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
 		Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
 		uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
 		you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
 		to adjust this setting to your needs.
 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
 		Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
 		the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
 		the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
 		used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
 		environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
 		all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
 		and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ.	 The environment
 		variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
 		CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ.  If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
 		then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
 		Enable initrd_high functionality.  If defined then the
 		initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
 		is enabled.
 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
 		Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
 		"bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
 		Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
 		space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
 		Max number of Flash memory banks
 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
 		Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
 		Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
 		Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
 		Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
 		Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
 		If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
 		instead of U-Boot software protection.
 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
 		Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
 		without this option such a download has to be
 		performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
 		copy from RAM to flash.
 		The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
 		you can check if the download worked before you erase
 		the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
 		too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
 		downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
 		Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
 		common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
 		This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
 		in the drivers directory
 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
 		This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
 		in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
 		to the MTD layer.
 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
 		Use buffered writes to flash.
 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
 		s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
 		write commands.
 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
 		If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
 		print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
 		is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
 		optionally available.
 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
 		If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
 		digits and dots.  Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
 		column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
 		If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
 		against the source after the write operation. An error message
 		will be printed when the contents are not identical.
 		Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
 		since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
 		while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
 		this option if you really know what you are doing.
 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
 		Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
 		Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
 		to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
 		buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
 		on high Ethernet traffic.
 		Defaults to 4 if not defined.
 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
 	Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
 	internally to store the environment settings. The default
 	setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
 	cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
 	lib/hashtable.c for details.
 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
 	Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
 	calling env set.  Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
 	hexadecimal, or boolean.  If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
 	the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
 	The format of the list is:
 		type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
 		access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
 		attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
 		entry = variable_name[:attributes]
 		list = entry[,list]
 	The type attributes are:
 		s - String (default)
 		d - Decimal
 		x - Hexadecimal
 		b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
 		i - IP address
 		m - MAC address
 	The access attributes are:
 		a - Any (default)
 		r - Read-only
 		o - Write-once
 		c - Change-default
 	- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
 		Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
 		envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
 		Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
 		should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
 		environment variable.  To override a setting in the static
 		list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
 		".flags" variable.
 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
 	If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
 	access flags.
 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
 	This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
 	architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
 	to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
 	arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
 	common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
 	must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
 	its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
 	your board please report the problem and send patches!
 - CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
 	This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
 	instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
 	offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
 	directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
 	This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
 	be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
 	the value can be calulated on a given board.
 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
 following configurations:
 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
 	Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
 	may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
 	Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
 	a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
 	   "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
 	   happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
 	   sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
 	   sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
 	   layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
 	   such a case you would place the environment in one of the
 	   4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
 	   "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
 	   environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
 	   between U-Boot and the environment.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 	   Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
 	   beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
 	   type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
 	   for this sector is given here.
 	   CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
 	   This is just another way to specify the start address of
 	   the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
 	   CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
 	- CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
 	   Size of the sector containing the environment.
 	b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
 	   In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
 	   the environment.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 	   If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
 	   and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
 	   of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
 	   memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
 	   It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
 	   when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
 	   since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
 	   for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
 	   STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
 	   updating the environment in flash makes it always
 	   necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
 	   wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
 	   RAM, your target system will be dead.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
 	  CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
 	   These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
 	   a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
 	   a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
 	   a "saveenv" operation.
 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
 accordingly!
 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
 	Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
 	(NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
 	environment.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 	  These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
 	  want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
 	  can just be read and written to, without any special
 	  provision.
 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
 U-Boot will hang.
 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
 to save the current settings.
 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
 	Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
 	device and a driver for it.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 	  These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
 	  environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
 	- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
 	  If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
 	  The default address is zero.
 	- CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
 	  If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
 	  single page in the EEPROM device.  A 64 byte page, for example
 	  would require six bits.
 	- CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
 	  If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
 	  page writes.	The default is zero milliseconds.
 	- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
 	  The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address.  Note
 	  that this is NOT the chip address length!
 	- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
 	  EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
 	  like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
 	  address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
 	  slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
 	  byte chips.
 	  Note that we consider the length of the address field to
 	  still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
 	  in the chip address.
 	- CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
 	  The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
 	  define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
 	  EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
 	- CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
 	  if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
 	  I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
 	  EEPROM. For example:
 	  #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS	  1
 	  EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
 	  a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
 	Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
 	want to use for the environment.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 	  These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
 	  environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
 	  at the specified address.
 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
 	Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
 	want to use for the local device's environment.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 	  These two #defines specify the address and size of the
 	  environment area within the remote memory space. The
 	  local device can get the environment from remote memory
 	  space by SRIO or PCIE links.
 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
 	Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
 	for the environment.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 	  These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
 	  area within the first NAND device.  CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
 	  aligned to an erase block boundary.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
 	  This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
 	  size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
 	  that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
 	  during a "saveenv" operation.	 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
 	  aligned to an erase block boundary.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
 	  Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
 	  can be written.  This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
 	  block size.  Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
 	  are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
 	  the range to be avoided.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
 	  Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
 	  environment from block zero's out-of-band data.  The
 	  "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
 	  Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
 	  using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
 	Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
 	environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
 	CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
 	Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
 	environment.  This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
 	accesses, which is important on NAND.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
 	  Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
 	  Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
 	  environment in.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
 	  Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
 	  the environment in.  This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
 	  It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
 	- CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
 	- CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
 	  You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
 	  when storing the env in UBI.
 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
 	Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
 	environment.
 	- CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
 	  Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
 	- CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
 	  Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
 	  set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
 	  1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
 	  These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
 	  area within the specified MMC device.
 	  If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
 	  the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
 	  as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
 	  your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
 	  different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
 	  environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
 	  maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
 	  These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
 	  MMC sector boundary.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
 	  Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
 	  hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
 	  valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
 	  to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
 	  This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
 	  same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
 	  This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
 	  an MMC sector boundary.
 	- CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
 	  This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
 	  set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
 	  CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
 	Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
 	area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
 	is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
 	scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
 	calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
 	to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
 	start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
 until then to read environment variables.
 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
 have any device yet where we could complain.]
 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
 		Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
 		Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
 		      also needs to be defined.
 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
 		MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
 		Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
 		and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
 		drivers/serial/ns16550.c.  This option is useful for saving
 		space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
 		limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
 		Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
 		when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
 		to do this.
 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
 		Similar to the previous option, but display this information
 		later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
 		present.
 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
 ---------------------------------------------------
 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
 		Cache Line Size of the CPU.
 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
 		Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
 		Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
 		and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
 		the IMMR register after a reset.
 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
 		Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
 		PowerPC SOCs.
 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
 		Virtual address of CCSR.  On a 32-bit build, this is typically
 		the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
 		CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
 		for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
 		Physical address of CCSR.  CCSR can be relocated to a new
 		physical address, if desired.  In this case, this macro should
 		be set to that address.	 Otherwise, it should be set to the
 		same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.  For example, CCSR
 		is typically relocated on 36-bit builds.  It is recommended
 		that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
 		#define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
 			* 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
 		Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS.	This value is typically
 		either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build).	This macro is
 		used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
 		integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
 		Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS.  This macro is
 		used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
 		integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
 		If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
 		forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
 - Floppy Disk Support:
 		CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
 		the default drive number (default value 0)
 		CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
 		defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
 		(default value 1)
 		CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
 		defines the offset of register from address. It
 		depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
 		the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
 		If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
 		CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
 		default value.
 		if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
 		fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
 		setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
 		source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
 		initializations.
 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
 		Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
 		interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
 		When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
 		IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
 		registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
 		is requierd.
 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR:	Physical address of the Internal Memory.
 		DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
 		doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
 		Start address of memory area that can be used for
 		initial data and stack; please note that this must be
 		writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
 		initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
 		will become available only after programming the
 		memory controller and running certain initialization
 		sequences.
 		U-Boot uses the following memory types:
 		- MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
 		- MPC824X: data cache
 		- PPC4xx:  data cache
 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
 		Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
 		area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
 		CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
 		data is located at the end of the available space
 		(sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
 		CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
 		below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
 		CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
 	Note:
 		On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
 		cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
 		CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
 		point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
 		the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR:	SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR:	System Protection Control (11-9)
 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR:	Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR:	Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR:	PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR:	System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
 		SDRAM timing
 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
 		periodic timer for refresh
 - CONFIG_SYS_DER:	Debug Event Register (37-47)
 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
   CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
   CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
   CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
 		Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
   CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
   CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
 		Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
   CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
 		Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
 		Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
 		enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
 		define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
 		enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
 		define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
 		enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
 		define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
 		Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
 		wrong setting might damage your board. Read
 		doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
 		Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
 		(Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
 		#define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
 		cpm_8260.h.
 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
   CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
   CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
   CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
   CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
   CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
   CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
   CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
 		Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
 		Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
 		required.
 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
 		Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
 		Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
 		something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
 		a second time.	Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
 		by coreboot or similar.
 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
 		Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
 		Chip has SRIO or not
 - CONFIG_SRIO1:
 		Board has SRIO 1 port available
 - CONFIG_SRIO2:
 		Board has SRIO 2 port available
 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
 		Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
 		Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
 		Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
 		Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
 		Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
 		a 16 bit bus.
 		Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
 		Example of drivers that use it:
 		- drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
 		- drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
 		Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
 		a default value will be used.
 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
 		Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
 		with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
   SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
 		I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
 		If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
 		one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
 		to something your driver can deal with.
 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
 		Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
 		soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
 		parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
 		header files or board specific files.
 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
 		Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
 		Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
 		be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
 		Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
 		Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
 		to the given FEC; i. e.
 			#define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
 		means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
 		When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
 		The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
 		(so program the FEC to ignore it).
 - CONFIG_RMII
 		Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
 		Note that this is a global option, we can't
 		have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
 		Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
 		The syntax is:
 		=> crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
 		Where address/count indicate a memory area
 		and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
 		area should have.
 - CONFIG_LOOPW
 		Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
 		the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
 		Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
 		"md/mw" commands.
 		Examples:
 		=> mdc.b 10 4 500
 		This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
 		=> mwc.l 100 12345678 10
 		This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
 		This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
 		globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
 		[ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
 		low level initializations (like setting up the memory
 		controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
 		relocate itself into RAM.
 		Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
 		exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
 		other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
 		these initializations itself.
 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
 		Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
 		that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
 		compiling a NAND SPL.
 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
 		Modifies the behaviour of start.S  when compiling a loader
 		that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
 		It is loaded by the SPL.
 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
 		Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
 		.resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
 		previous 4k of the .text section.
 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
 		Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
 		effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
 		U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
 		to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
 		it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
 		addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
 		to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
   CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
 		If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
 		be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
 		conditions but may increase the binary size.
 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
 		If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
 		needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
 		Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
 		NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
 -----------------------------------
 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
 within that device.
 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
 	The address in the storage device where the firmware is located.  The
 	meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
 	is also specified.
 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
 	The maximum possible size of the firmware.  The firmware binary format
 	has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
 	might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
 	local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
 	normal addressable memory via the LBC.  CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
 	virtual address in NOR flash.
 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
 	CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
 	device.  CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
 	device.  CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
 	Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
 	memory space.	CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
 	can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
 	window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
 	master's memory space.
 Building the Software:
 ======================
 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
 	$ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
 	$ export CROSS_COMPILE
 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
       the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
       (http://www.mingw.org).  Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
       toolchain and execute 'make tools'.  For example:
        $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
       Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
       be executed on computers running Windows.
 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
 is done by typing:
 	make NAME_config
 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
       additional information is available from the board vendor; for
       instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
       or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
       when choosing the configuration, i. e.
       make TQM823L_config
 	- will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
       make TQM823L_LCD_config
 	- will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
       etc.
 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
 	make O=/tmp/build distclean
 	make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
 	make O=/tmp/build all
 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
 	export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
 	make distclean
 	make NAME_config
 	make all
 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
 variable.
 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
 native "make".
 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
 steps:
 1.  Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
     "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
     Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
 2.  Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
     files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
     the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
 3.  Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
     your board
 3.  If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
     directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
 4.  Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
 5.  Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
     to be installed on your target system.
 6.  Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
     [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
 ==============================================================
 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
 you can type
 	CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
 	CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
 variable. For example:
 	export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
 	export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
 	CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
 during the whole build process.
 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
 Monitor Commands - Overview:
 ============================
 go	- start application at address 'addr'
 run	- run commands in an environment variable
 bootm	- boot application image from memory
 bootp	- boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
 bootz   - boot zImage from memory
 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
 	       and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
 	       (and eventually "gatewayip")
 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd   - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
 loads	- load S-Record file over serial line
 loadb	- load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
 md	- memory display
 mm	- memory modify (auto-incrementing)
 nm	- memory modify (constant address)
 mw	- memory write (fill)
 cp	- memory copy
 cmp	- memory compare
 crc32	- checksum calculation
 i2c	- I2C sub-system
 sspi	- SPI utility commands
 base	- print or set address offset
 printenv- print environment variables
 setenv	- set environment variables
 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
 erase	- erase FLASH memory
 flinfo	- print FLASH memory information
 nand	- NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
 bdinfo	- print Board Info structure
 iminfo	- print header information for application image
 coninfo - print console devices and informations
 ide	- IDE sub-system
 loop	- infinite loop on address range
 loopw	- infinite write loop on address range
 mtest	- simple RAM test
 icache	- enable or disable instruction cache
 dcache	- enable or disable data cache
 reset	- Perform RESET of the CPU
 echo	- echo args to console
 version - print monitor version
 help	- print online help
 ?	- alias for 'help'
 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
 ========================================
 TODO.
 For now: just type "help <command>".
 Environment Variables:
 ======================
 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
 List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
   baudrate	- see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
   bootdelay	- see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
   bootcmd	- see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
   bootargs	- Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
   bootfile	- Name of the image to load with TFTP
   bootm_low	- Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
 		  command can be restricted. This variable is given as
 		  a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
 		  for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
 		  environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
 		  also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
 		  kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
 		  bootm_mapsize.
   bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
 		  This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
 		  defines the size of the memory region starting at base
 		  address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
 		  during early boot.  If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
 		  as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
 		  used otherwise.
   bootm_size	- Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
 		  command can be restricted. This variable is given as
 		  a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
 		  allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
 		  environment variable.
   updatefile	- Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
 		  by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
 		  documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
   autoload	- if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
 		  "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
 		  configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
 		  load any image using TFTP
   autostart	- if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
 		  "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
 		  be automatically started (by internally calling
 		  "bootm")
 		  If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
 		  "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
 		  (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
 		  This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
 		  data.
   fdt_high	- if set this restricts the maximum address that the
 		  flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
 		  For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
 		  at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
 		  only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
 		  may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
 		  device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
 		  of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
 		  access it during the boot procedure.
 		  If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
 		  the fdt will not be copied at all on boot.  For this
 		  to work it must reside in writable memory, have
 		  sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
 		  add the information it needs into it, and the memory
 		  must be accessible by the kernel.
   fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
 		  device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
 		  defined.
   i2cfast	- (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
 		  if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
 		  mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
 		  initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
 		  it must be saved and board must be reset.
   initrd_high	- restrict positioning of initrd images:
 		  If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
 		  copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
 		  is usually what you want since it allows for
 		  maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
 		  make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
 		  CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
 		  variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
 		  Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
 		  address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
 		  does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
 		  For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
 		  RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
 		  you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
 		  the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
 		  sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
 		  12 MB as well - this can be done with
 		  setenv initrd_high 00c00000
 		  If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
 		  indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
 		  for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
 		  memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
 		  ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
 		  boot time on your system, but requires that this
 		  feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
   ipaddr	- IP address; needed for tftpboot command
   loadaddr	- Default load address for commands like "bootp",
 		  "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
   loads_echo	- see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
   serverip	- TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
   bootretry	- see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
   bootdelaykey	- see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
   bootstopkey	- see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
   ethprime	- controls which interface is used first.
   ethact	- controls which interface is currently active.
 		  For example you can do the following
 		  => setenv ethact FEC
 		  => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
 		  => setenv ethact SCC
 		  => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
   ethrotate	- When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
 		  available network interfaces.
 		  It just stays at the currently selected interface.
   netretry	- When set to "no" each network operation will
 		  either succeed or fail without retrying.
 		  When set to "once" the network operation will
 		  fail when all the available network interfaces
 		  are tried once without success.
 		  Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
 		  themselves.
   npe_ucode	- set load address for the NPE microcode
   silent_linux  - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
 		  changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
 		  made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
 		  unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
 		  is silent.
   tftpsrcport	- If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
 		  UDP source port.
   tftpdstport	- If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
 		  destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
   tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
 		  we use the TFTP server's default block size
   tftptimeout	- Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
 		  seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
 		  when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
 		  be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
 		  Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
 		  faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
 		  with unreliable TFTP servers.
   vlan		- When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
 		  Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
 		  VLAN tagged frames.
 The following image location variables contain the location of images
 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
 flash or offset in NAND flash.
 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
 boards use these variables for other purposes.
 Image		    File Name	     RAM Address       Flash Location
 -----		    ---------	     -----------       --------------
 u-boot		    u-boot	     u-boot_addr_r     u-boot_addr
 Linux kernel	    bootfile	     kernel_addr_r     kernel_addr
 device tree blob    fdtfile	     fdt_addr_r	       fdt_addr
 ramdisk		    ramdiskfile	     ramdisk_addr_r    ramdisk_addr
 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
 depending the information provided by your boot server:
   bootfile	- see above
   dnsip		- IP address of your Domain Name Server
   dnsip2	- IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
   gatewayip	- IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
   hostname	- Target hostname
   ipaddr	- see above
   netmask	- Subnet Mask
   rootpath	- Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
   serverip	- see above
 There are two special Environment Variables:
   serial#	- contains hardware identification information such
 		  as type string and/or serial number
   ethaddr	- Ethernet address
 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
 once they have been set once.
 Further special Environment Variables:
   ver		- Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
 		  with the "version" command. This variable is
 		  readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
 Callback functions for environment variables:
 ---------------------------------------------
 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
 when their values are changed.  This functionailty allows functions to
 be associated with arbitrary variables.  On creation, overwrite, or
 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways.  The
 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
 associations.  The list must be in the following format:
 	entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
 	list = entry[,list]
 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
 with the same list format above.  Any association in ".callbacks" will
 override any association in the static list. You can define
 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
 ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
 Command Line Parsing:
 =====================
 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
 Old, simple command line parser:
 --------------------------------
 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
   for example:
 	setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
 	setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
 Hush shell:
 -----------
 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
   if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
   until...do...done, ...
 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
   commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
   "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
   command
 General rules:
 --------------
 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
     command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
     one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
     executed anyway.
 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
     calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
     command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
     variables are not executed.
 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
 =======================================
 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
   environment, the SROM's address is used.
 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
   environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
   used.
 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
   both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
   addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
   warning is printed.
 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
   is raised.
 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process.	 This
 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
 The naming convention is as follows:
 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
 Image Formats:
 ==============
 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
 images in two formats:
 New uImage format (FIT)
 -----------------------
 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
 Old uImage format
 -----------------
 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
   4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
   LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
   Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
   INTEGRITY).
 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
   IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
   Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
 * Load Address
 * Entry Point
 * Image Name
 * Image Timestamp
 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
 CRC32 checksums.
 Linux Support:
 ==============
 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
 U-Boot.
 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
 serves several purposes:
 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
   applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
   Flash memory footprint)
 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
   lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
   images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
   be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
   have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
   change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
   software is easier now.
 Linux HOWTO:
 ============
 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
 ---------------------------------------
 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
 Linux :-).
 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
 Configuring the Linux kernel:
 -----------------------------
 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
 Building a Linux Image:
 -----------------------
 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
 100% compatible format.
 Example:
 	make TQM850L_config
 	make oldconfig
 	make dep
 	make uImage
 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header	 information,
 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
 	${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
 				 -R .note -R .comment \
 				 -S vmlinux linux.bin
 * compress the binary image:
 	gzip -9 linux.bin
 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
 	mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
 		-a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
 		-d linux.bin.gz uImage
 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
 byte header containing information about target architecture,
 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
 print the header information, or to build new images.
 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
 checksum verification:
 	tools/mkimage -l image
 	  -l ==> list image header information
 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
 	tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
 		      -n name -d data_file image
 	  -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
 	  -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
 	  -T ==> set image type to 'type'
 	  -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
 	  -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
 	  -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
 	  -n ==> set image name to 'name'
 	  -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
 kernel version:
 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
 	-> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
 	> -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
 	> -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
 	> examples/uImage.TQM850L
 	Image Name:   2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
 	Created:      Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
 	Image Type:   PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 	Data Size:    335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
 	Load Address: 0x00000000
 	Entry Point:  0x00000000
 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
 	-> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
 	Image Name:   2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
 	Created:      Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
 	Image Type:   PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 	Data Size:    335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
 	Load Address: 0x00000000
 	Entry Point:  0x00000000
 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
 need to be uncompressed:
 	-> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
 	-> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
 	> -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
 	> -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
 	> examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
 	Image Name:   2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
 	Created:      Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
 	Image Type:   PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
 	Data Size:    792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
 	Load Address: 0x00000000
 	Entry Point:  0x00000000
 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
 	-> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
 	> -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
 	> -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
 	Image Name:   Simple Ramdisk Image
 	Created:      Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
 	Image Type:   PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
 	Data Size:    566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
 	Load Address: 0x00000000
 	Entry Point:  0x00000000
 Installing a Linux Image:
 -------------------------
 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
 	objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
 command.
 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
 	=> erase 40100000 401FFFFF
 	.......... done
 	Erased 8 sectors
 	=> loads 40100000
 	## Ready for S-Record download ...
 	~>examples/image.srec
 	1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
 	...
 	15989 15990 15991 15992
 	[file transfer complete]
 	[connected]
 	## Start Addr = 0x00000000
 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
 corruption happened:
 	=> imi 40100000
 	## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
 	   Image Name:	 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 	   Data Size:	 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
 	   Load Address: 00000000
 	   Entry Point:	 0000000c
 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 Boot Linux:
 -----------
 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
 	=> printenv bootargs
 	bootargs=root=/dev/ram
 	=> setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
 	=> printenv bootargs
 	bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
 	=> bootm 40020000
 	## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
 	   Image Name:	 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 	   Data Size:	 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
 	   Load Address: 00000000
 	   Entry Point:	 0000000c
 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 	   Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
 	Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
 	Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
 	time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
 	Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
 	Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
 	...
 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
 format!) to the "bootm" command:
 	=> imi 40100000 40200000
 	## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
 	   Image Name:	 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 	   Data Size:	 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
 	   Load Address: 00000000
 	   Entry Point:	 0000000c
 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 	## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
 	   Image Name:	 Simple Ramdisk Image
 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
 	   Data Size:	 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
 	   Load Address: 00000000
 	   Entry Point:	 00000000
 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 	=> bootm 40100000 40200000
 	## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
 	   Image Name:	 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
 	   Data Size:	 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
 	   Load Address: 00000000
 	   Entry Point:	 0000000c
 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 	   Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
 	## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
 	   Image Name:	 Simple Ramdisk Image
 	   Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
 	   Data Size:	 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
 	   Load Address: 00000000
 	   Entry Point:	 00000000
 	   Verifying Checksum ... OK
 	   Loading Ramdisk ... OK
 	Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
 	Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
 	time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
 	Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
 	...
 	RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
 	VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
 	bash#
 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
 -----------
 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
 flat device tree:
 => print oftaddr
 oftaddr=0x300000
 => print oft
 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
 => tftp $oftaddr $oft
 Speed: 1000, full duplex
 Using TSEC0 device
 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
 Load address: 0x300000
 Loading: #
 done
 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
 Speed: 1000, full duplex
 Using TSEC0 device
 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
 Filename 'uImage'.
 Load address: 0x200000
 Loading:############
 done
 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
 => print loadaddr
 loadaddr=200000
 => print oftaddr
 oftaddr=0x300000
 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
 ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
    Image Name:	 Linux-2.6.17-dirty
    Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
    Data Size:	 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
    Load Address: 00000000
    Entry Point:	 00000000
    Verifying Checksum ... OK
    Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
 [snip]
 More About U-Boot Image Types:
 ------------------------------
 U-Boot supports the following image types:
    "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
 	provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
 	well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
 	the Standalone Program.
    "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
 	will take over control completely. Usually these programs
 	will install their own set of exception handlers, device
 	drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
 	expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
    "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
 	parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
 	being started.
    "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
 	(Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
 	RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
 	to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
 	server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
 	for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
 	"Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
 	image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
 	byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
 	Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
 	one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
 	a multiple of 4 bytes).
    "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
 	U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
 	flash memory.
    "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
 	U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
 	useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
 	as command interpreter.
 Booting the Linux zImage:
 -------------------------
 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
 as the syntax of "bootm" command.
 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
 Standalone HOWTO:
 =================
 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
 "Hello World" Demo:
 -------------------
 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
 like that:
 	=> loads
 	## Ready for S-Record download ...
 	~>examples/hello_world.srec
 	1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
 	[file transfer complete]
 	[connected]
 	## Start Addr = 0x00040004
 	=> go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
 	## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
 	Hello World
 	argc = 7
 	argv[0] = "40004"
 	argv[1] = "Hello"
 	argv[2] = "World!"
 	argv[3] = "This"
 	argv[4] = "is"
 	argv[5] = "a"
 	argv[6] = "test."
 	argv[7] = "<NULL>"
 	Hit any key to exit ...
 	## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
 controlled by the following keys:
 	? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
 	b - enable interrupts and start timer
 	e - stop timer and disable interrupts
 	q - quit application
 	=> loads
 	## Ready for S-Record download ...
 	~>examples/timer.srec
 	1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
 	[file transfer complete]
 	[connected]
 	## Start Addr = 0x00040004
 	=> go 40004
 	## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
 	TIMERS=0xfff00980
 	Using timer 1
 	  tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
 Hit 'b':
 	[q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
 	Enabling timer
 Hit '?':
 	[q, b, e, ?] ........
 	tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
 Hit '?':
 	[q, b, e, ?] .
 	tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
 Hit '?':
 	[q, b, e, ?] .
 	tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
 Hit '?':
 	[q, b, e, ?] .
 	tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
 Hit 'e':
 	[q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
 Hit 'q':
 	[q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
 Minicom warning:
 ================
 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).  See
 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
 for help with kermit.
 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
 	   Name	   Program			Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
 	X  kermit  /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s	 Y    U	   Y	   N	  N
 	Y  kermit  /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r	 N    D	   Y	   N	  N
 NetBSD Notes:
 =============
 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
 missing.  This file has to be installed and patched manually:
 	# cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
 	# mkdir powerpc
 	# ln -s powerpc machine
 	# cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
 	# ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h	## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
 and U-Boot include files.
 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
 Implementation Internals:
 =========================
 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
 hardware.
 Initial Stack, Global Data:
 ---------------------------
 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
 	Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
 	U-Boot mailing list:
 	Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
 	From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
 	Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
 	...
 	Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
 	is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
 	require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
 	is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
 	necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
 	beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
 	can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
 	operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
 	OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
 	is another option for the system designer to use as an
 	initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
 	option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
 	board designers haven't used it for something that would
 	cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
 	used.
 	CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
 	with your processor/board/system design. The default value
 	you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
 	walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
 	than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
 	it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
 	that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
 	start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
 	you get the config right.
 	-Chris Hallinan
 	DS4.COM, Inc.
 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
 code for the initialization procedures:
 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
   to write it.
 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
   as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
   zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
   that.
 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
 reserve for this purpose.
 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
 relevant  (E)ABI  specifications for the current architecture, and by
 GCC's implementation.
 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
 	R1:	stack pointer
 	R2:	reserved for system use
 	R3-R4:	parameter passing and return values
 	R5-R10: parameter passing
 	R13:	small data area pointer
 	R30:	GOT pointer
 	R31:	frame pointer
 	(U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
 	is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
 	going back and forth between asm and C)
     ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
     Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
     address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
     but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
     smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
     average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
     624 text + 127 data).
 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
 	http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
     ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
 On ARM, the following registers are used:
 	R0:	function argument word/integer result
 	R1-R3:	function argument word
 	R9:	platform specific
 	R10:	stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
 	R11:	argument (frame) pointer
 	R12:	temporary workspace
 	R13:	stack pointer
 	R14:	link register
 	R15:	program counter
     ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
     Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
 	http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
     ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
     Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
     to access small data sections, so gp is free.
 On NDS32, the following registers are used:
 	R0-R1:	argument/return
 	R2-R5:	argument
 	R15:	temporary register for assembler
 	R16:	trampoline register
 	R28:	frame pointer (FP)
 	R29:	global pointer (GP)
 	R30:	link register (LP)
 	R31:	stack pointer (SP)
 	PC:	program counter (PC)
     ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
 Memory Management:
 ------------------
 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
 physical memory banks.
 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
 this:
 	0x0000 0000	Exception Vector code
 	      :
 	0x0000 1FFF
 	0x0000 2000	Free for Application Use
 	      :
 	      :
 	      :
 	      :
 	0x00FB FF20	Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
 	0x00FB FFAC	Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
 	0x00FC 0000	Malloc Arena
 	      :
 	0x00FD FFFF
 	0x00FE 0000	RAM Copy of Monitor Code
 	...		eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
 	...		eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
 	0x00FF FFFF	[End of RAM]
 System Initialization:
 ----------------------
 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
 the caches and the SIU.
 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
 banks.
 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
 contiguous memory starting from 0.
 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
 pages, and the final stack is set up.
 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
 new address in RAM.
 U-Boot Porting Guide:
 ----------------------
 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
 list, October 2002]
 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	sighandler_t no_more_time;
 	signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
 	alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
 	if (available_money > available_manpower) {
 		Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
 		return 0;
 	}
 	Download latest U-Boot source;
 	Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
 	if (clueless)
 		email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
 	while (learning) {
 		Read the README file in the top level directory;
 		Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
 		Read applicable doc/*.README;
 		Read the source, Luke;
 		/* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
 	}
 	if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
 		Buy a BDI3000;
 	else
 		Add a lot of aggravation and time;
 	if (a similar board exists) {	/* hopefully... */
 		cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
 		cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
 	} else {
 		Create your own board support subdirectory;
 		Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
 	}
 	Edit new board/<myboard> files
 	Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
 	while (!accepted) {
 		while (!running) {
 			do {
 				Add / modify source code;
 			} until (compiles);
 			Debug;
 			if (clueless)
 				email("Hi, I am having problems...");
 		}
 		Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
 		if (reasonable critiques)
 			Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
 		else
 			Defend code as written;
 	}
 	return 0;
 }
 void no_more_time (int sig)
 {
       hire_a_guru();
 }
 Coding Standards:
 -----------------
 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
 sources.
 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
 in your code.
 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
 - remove any trailing white space
 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
 with a request to reformat the changes.
 Submitting Patches:
 -------------------
 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
 it:
 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
   this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
   patch actually fixes something.
 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
   implementation.
 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
   maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
   document these in the README file.
 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
   recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
   "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
   the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
   with some other mail clients.
   If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
   diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
   GNU diff.
   The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
   directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
   your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
   affected files).
   We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
   and compressed attachments must not be used.
 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
   files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
   submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
 Notes:
 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
   source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
   for any of the boards.
 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
   containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
   returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
   add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
   When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
   (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
   disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
   modification.
 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
   u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
   reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
   bigger than the size limit should be avoided.

 /*
  * (C) Copyright 2002
  * David Mueller, ELSOFT AG, d.mueller@elsoft.ch
  *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier:	GPL-2.0+
  */
 /* This code should work for both the S3C2400 and the S3C2410
  * as they seem to have the same I2C controller inside.
  * The different address mapping is handled by the s3c24xx.h files below.
  */
 #include <common.h>
 #include <fdtdec.h>
 #if (defined CONFIG_EXYNOS4 || defined CONFIG_EXYNOS5)
 #include <asm/arch/clk.h>
 #include <asm/arch/cpu.h>
 #include <asm/arch/pinmux.h>
 #else
 #include <asm/arch/s3c24x0_cpu.h>
 #endif
 #include <asm/io.h>
 #include <i2c.h>
 #include "s3c24x0_i2c.h"
 #define	I2C_WRITE	0
 #define I2C_READ	1
 #define I2C_OK		0
 #define I2C_NOK		1
 #define I2C_NACK	2
 #define I2C_NOK_LA	3	/* Lost arbitration */
 #define I2C_NOK_TOUT	4	/* time out */
 /* HSI2C specific register description */
 /* I2C_CTL Register bits */
 #define HSI2C_FUNC_MODE_I2C		(1u << 0)
 #define HSI2C_MASTER			(1u << 3)
 #define HSI2C_RXCHON			(1u << 6)	/* Write/Send */
 #define HSI2C_TXCHON			(1u << 7)	/* Read/Receive */
 #define HSI2C_SW_RST			(1u << 31)
 /* I2C_FIFO_CTL Register bits */
 #define HSI2C_RXFIFO_EN			(1u << 0)
 #define HSI2C_TXFIFO_EN			(1u << 1)
 #define HSI2C_TXFIFO_TRIGGER_LEVEL	(0x20 << 16)
 #define HSI2C_RXFIFO_TRIGGER_LEVEL	(0x20 << 4)
 /* I2C_TRAILING_CTL Register bits */
 #define HSI2C_TRAILING_COUNT		(0xff)
 /* I2C_INT_EN Register bits */
 #define HSI2C_TX_UNDERRUN_EN		(1u << 2)
 #define HSI2C_TX_OVERRUN_EN		(1u << 3)
 #define HSI2C_RX_UNDERRUN_EN		(1u << 4)
 #define HSI2C_RX_OVERRUN_EN		(1u << 5)
 #define HSI2C_INT_TRAILING_EN		(1u << 6)
 #define HSI2C_INT_I2C_EN		(1u << 9)
 #define HSI2C_INT_ERROR_MASK	(HSI2C_TX_UNDERRUN_EN |\
 				 HSI2C_TX_OVERRUN_EN  |\
 				 HSI2C_RX_UNDERRUN_EN |\
 				 HSI2C_RX_OVERRUN_EN  |\
 				 HSI2C_INT_TRAILING_EN)
 /* I2C_CONF Register bits */
 #define HSI2C_AUTO_MODE			(1u << 31)
 #define HSI2C_10BIT_ADDR_MODE		(1u << 30)
 #define HSI2C_HS_MODE			(1u << 29)
 /* I2C_AUTO_CONF Register bits */
 #define HSI2C_READ_WRITE		(1u << 16)
 #define HSI2C_STOP_AFTER_TRANS		(1u << 17)
 #define HSI2C_MASTER_RUN		(1u << 31)
 /* I2C_TIMEOUT Register bits */
 #define HSI2C_TIMEOUT_EN		(1u << 31)
 /* I2C_TRANS_STATUS register bits */
 #define HSI2C_MASTER_BUSY		(1u << 17)
 #define HSI2C_SLAVE_BUSY		(1u << 16)
 #define HSI2C_TIMEOUT_AUTO		(1u << 4)
 #define HSI2C_NO_DEV			(1u << 3)
 #define HSI2C_NO_DEV_ACK		(1u << 2)
 #define HSI2C_TRANS_ABORT		(1u << 1)
 #define HSI2C_TRANS_SUCCESS		(1u << 0)
 #define HSI2C_TRANS_ERROR_MASK	(HSI2C_TIMEOUT_AUTO |\
 				 HSI2C_NO_DEV | HSI2C_NO_DEV_ACK |\
 				 HSI2C_TRANS_ABORT)
 #define HSI2C_TRANS_FINISHED_MASK (HSI2C_TRANS_ERROR_MASK | HSI2C_TRANS_SUCCESS)
 /* I2C_FIFO_STAT Register bits */
 #define HSI2C_RX_FIFO_EMPTY		(1u << 24)
 #define HSI2C_RX_FIFO_FULL		(1u << 23)
 #define HSI2C_TX_FIFO_EMPTY		(1u << 8)
 #define HSI2C_TX_FIFO_FULL		(1u << 7)
 #define HSI2C_RX_FIFO_LEVEL(x)		(((x) >> 16) & 0x7f)
 #define HSI2C_TX_FIFO_LEVEL(x)		((x) & 0x7f)
 #define HSI2C_SLV_ADDR_MAS(x)		((x & 0x3ff) << 10)
 /* S3C I2C Controller bits */
 #define I2CSTAT_BSY	0x20	/* Busy bit */
 #define I2CSTAT_NACK	0x01	/* Nack bit */
 #define I2CCON_ACKGEN	0x80	/* Acknowledge generation */
 #define I2CCON_IRPND	0x10	/* Interrupt pending bit */
 #define I2C_MODE_MT	0xC0	/* Master Transmit Mode */
 #define I2C_MODE_MR	0x80	/* Master Receive Mode */
 #define I2C_START_STOP	0x20	/* START / STOP */
 #define I2C_TXRX_ENA	0x10	/* I2C Tx/Rx enable */
 #define I2C_TIMEOUT_MS 1000		/* 1 second */
 #define	HSI2C_TIMEOUT_US 100000 /* 100 ms, finer granularity */
 /* To support VCMA9 boards and other who dont define max_i2c_num */
 #ifndef CONFIG_MAX_I2C_NUM
 #define CONFIG_MAX_I2C_NUM 1
 #endif
 /*
  * For SPL boot some boards need i2c before SDRAM is initialised so force
  * variables to live in SRAM
  */
 static struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus i2c_bus[CONFIG_MAX_I2C_NUM]
 			__attribute__((section(".data")));
 /**
  * Get a pointer to the given bus index
  *
  * @bus_idx: Bus index to look up
  * @return pointer to bus, or NULL if invalid or not available
  */
 static struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *get_bus(unsigned int bus_idx)
 {
 	if (bus_idx < ARRAY_SIZE(i2c_bus)) {
 		struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *bus;
 		bus = &i2c_bus[bus_idx];
 		if (bus->active)
 			return bus;
 	}
 	debug("Undefined bus: %d\n", bus_idx);
 	return NULL;
 }
 #if !(defined CONFIG_EXYNOS4 || defined CONFIG_EXYNOS5)
 static int GetI2CSDA(void)
 {
 	struct s3c24x0_gpio *gpio = s3c24x0_get_base_gpio();
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2410
 	return (readl(&gpio->gpedat) & 0x8000) >> 15;
 #endif
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2400
 	return (readl(&gpio->pgdat) & 0x0020) >> 5;
 #endif
 }
 static void SetI2CSCL(int x)
 {
 	struct s3c24x0_gpio *gpio = s3c24x0_get_base_gpio();
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2410
 	writel((readl(&gpio->gpedat) & ~0x4000) |
 					(x & 1) << 14, &gpio->gpedat);
 #endif
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2400
 	writel((readl(&gpio->pgdat) & ~0x0040) | (x & 1) << 6, &gpio->pgdat);
 #endif
 }
 #endif
 /*
  * Wait til the byte transfer is completed.
  *
  * @param i2c- pointer to the appropriate i2c register bank.
  * @return I2C_OK, if transmission was ACKED
  *         I2C_NACK, if transmission was NACKED
  *         I2C_NOK_TIMEOUT, if transaction did not complete in I2C_TIMEOUT_MS
  */
 static int WaitForXfer(struct s3c24x0_i2c *i2c)
 {
 	ulong start_time = get_timer(0);
 	do {
 		if (readl(&i2c->iiccon) & I2CCON_IRPND)
 			return (readl(&i2c->iicstat) & I2CSTAT_NACK) ?
 				I2C_NACK : I2C_OK;
 	} while (get_timer(start_time) < I2C_TIMEOUT_MS);
 	return I2C_NOK_TOUT;
 }
 /*
  * Wait for transfer completion.
  *
  * This function reads the interrupt status register waiting for the INT_I2C
  * bit to be set, which indicates copletion of a transaction.
  *
  * @param i2c: pointer to the appropriate register bank
  *
  * @return: I2C_OK in case of successful completion, I2C_NOK_TIMEOUT in case
  *          the status bits do not get set in time, or an approrpiate error
  *          value in case of transfer errors.
  */
 static int hsi2c_wait_for_trx(struct exynos5_hsi2c *i2c)
 {
 	int i = HSI2C_TIMEOUT_US;
 	while (i-- > 0) {
 		u32 int_status = readl(&i2c->usi_int_stat);
 		if (int_status & HSI2C_INT_I2C_EN) {
 			u32 trans_status = readl(&i2c->usi_trans_status);
 			/* Deassert pending interrupt. */
 			writel(int_status, &i2c->usi_int_stat);
 			if (trans_status & HSI2C_NO_DEV_ACK) {
 				debug("%s: no ACK from device\n", __func__);
 				return I2C_NACK;
 			}
 			if (trans_status & HSI2C_NO_DEV) {
 				debug("%s: no device\n", __func__);
 				return I2C_NOK;
 			}
 			if (trans_status & HSI2C_TRANS_ABORT) {
 				debug("%s: arbitration lost\n", __func__);
 				return I2C_NOK_LA;
 			}
 			if (trans_status & HSI2C_TIMEOUT_AUTO) {
 				debug("%s: device timed out\n", __func__);
 				return I2C_NOK_TOUT;
 			}
 			return I2C_OK;
 		}
 		udelay(1);
 	}
 	debug("%s: transaction timeout!\n", __func__);
 	return I2C_NOK_TOUT;
 }
 static void ReadWriteByte(struct s3c24x0_i2c *i2c)
 {
 	writel(readl(&i2c->iiccon) & ~I2CCON_IRPND, &i2c->iiccon);
 }
 static struct s3c24x0_i2c *get_base_i2c(int bus)
 {
 #ifdef CONFIG_EXYNOS4
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c *i2c = (struct s3c24x0_i2c *)(samsung_get_base_i2c()
 							+ (EXYNOS4_I2C_SPACING
 							* bus));
 	return i2c;
 #elif defined CONFIG_EXYNOS5
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c *i2c = (struct s3c24x0_i2c *)(samsung_get_base_i2c()
 							+ (EXYNOS5_I2C_SPACING
 							* bus));
 	return i2c;
 #else
 	return s3c24x0_get_base_i2c();
 #endif
 }
 static void i2c_ch_init(struct s3c24x0_i2c *i2c, int speed, int slaveadd)
 {
 	ulong freq, pres = 16, div;
 #if (defined CONFIG_EXYNOS4 || defined CONFIG_EXYNOS5)
 	freq = get_i2c_clk();
 #else
 	freq = get_PCLK();
 #endif
 	/* calculate prescaler and divisor values */
 	if ((freq / pres / (16 + 1)) > speed)
 		/* set prescaler to 512 */
 		pres = 512;
 	div = 0;
 	while ((freq / pres / (div + 1)) > speed)
 		div++;
 	/* set prescaler, divisor according to freq, also set ACKGEN, IRQ */
 	writel((div & 0x0F) | 0xA0 | ((pres == 512) ? 0x40 : 0), &i2c->iiccon);
 	/* init to SLAVE REVEIVE and set slaveaddr */
 	writel(0, &i2c->iicstat);
 	writel(slaveadd, &i2c->iicadd);
 	/* program Master Transmit (and implicit STOP) */
 	writel(I2C_MODE_MT | I2C_TXRX_ENA, &i2c->iicstat);
 }
 static int hsi2c_get_clk_details(struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *i2c_bus)
 {
 	struct exynos5_hsi2c *hsregs = i2c_bus->hsregs;
 	ulong clkin;
 	unsigned int op_clk = i2c_bus->clock_frequency;
 	unsigned int i = 0, utemp0 = 0, utemp1 = 0;
 	unsigned int t_ftl_cycle;
 #if (defined CONFIG_EXYNOS4 || defined CONFIG_EXYNOS5)
 	clkin = get_i2c_clk();
 #else
 	clkin = get_PCLK();
 #endif
 	/* FPCLK / FI2C =
 	 * (CLK_DIV + 1) * (TSCLK_L + TSCLK_H + 2) + 8 + 2 * FLT_CYCLE
 	 * uTemp0 = (CLK_DIV + 1) * (TSCLK_L + TSCLK_H + 2)
 	 * uTemp1 = (TSCLK_L + TSCLK_H + 2)
 	 * uTemp2 = TSCLK_L + TSCLK_H
 	 */
 	t_ftl_cycle = (readl(&hsregs->usi_conf) >> 16) & 0x7;
 	utemp0 = (clkin / op_clk) - 8 - 2 * t_ftl_cycle;
 	/* CLK_DIV max is 256 */
 	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
 		utemp1 = utemp0 / (i + 1);
 		if ((utemp1 < 512) && (utemp1 > 4)) {
 			i2c_bus->clk_cycle = utemp1 - 2;
 			i2c_bus->clk_div = i;
 			return 0;
 		}
 	}
 	return -1;
 }
 static void hsi2c_ch_init(struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *i2c_bus)
 {
 	struct exynos5_hsi2c *hsregs = i2c_bus->hsregs;
 	unsigned int t_sr_release;
 	unsigned int n_clkdiv;
 	unsigned int t_start_su, t_start_hd;
 	unsigned int t_stop_su;
 	unsigned int t_data_su, t_data_hd;
 	unsigned int t_scl_l, t_scl_h;
 	u32 i2c_timing_s1;
 	u32 i2c_timing_s2;
 	u32 i2c_timing_s3;
 	u32 i2c_timing_sla;
 	n_clkdiv = i2c_bus->clk_div;
 	t_scl_l = i2c_bus->clk_cycle / 2;
 	t_scl_h = i2c_bus->clk_cycle / 2;
 	t_start_su = t_scl_l;
 	t_start_hd = t_scl_l;
 	t_stop_su = t_scl_l;
 	t_data_su = t_scl_l / 2;
 	t_data_hd = t_scl_l / 2;
 	t_sr_release = i2c_bus->clk_cycle;
 	i2c_timing_s1 = t_start_su << 24 | t_start_hd << 16 | t_stop_su << 8;
 	i2c_timing_s2 = t_data_su << 24 | t_scl_l << 8 | t_scl_h << 0;
 	i2c_timing_s3 = n_clkdiv << 16 | t_sr_release << 0;
 	i2c_timing_sla = t_data_hd << 0;
 	writel(HSI2C_TRAILING_COUNT, &hsregs->usi_trailing_ctl);
 	/* Clear to enable Timeout */
 	clrsetbits_le32(&hsregs->usi_timeout, HSI2C_TIMEOUT_EN, 0);
 	/* set AUTO mode */
 	writel(readl(&hsregs->usi_conf) | HSI2C_AUTO_MODE, &hsregs->usi_conf);
 	/* Enable completion conditions' reporting. */
 	writel(HSI2C_INT_I2C_EN, &hsregs->usi_int_en);
 	/* Enable FIFOs */
 	writel(HSI2C_RXFIFO_EN | HSI2C_TXFIFO_EN, &hsregs->usi_fifo_ctl);
 	/* Currently operating in Fast speed mode. */
 	writel(i2c_timing_s1, &hsregs->usi_timing_fs1);
 	writel(i2c_timing_s2, &hsregs->usi_timing_fs2);
 	writel(i2c_timing_s3, &hsregs->usi_timing_fs3);
 	writel(i2c_timing_sla, &hsregs->usi_timing_sla);
 }
 /* SW reset for the high speed bus */
 static void exynos5_i2c_reset(struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *i2c_bus)
 {
 	struct exynos5_hsi2c *i2c = i2c_bus->hsregs;
 	u32 i2c_ctl;
 	/* Set and clear the bit for reset */
 	i2c_ctl = readl(&i2c->usi_ctl);
 	i2c_ctl |= HSI2C_SW_RST;
 	writel(i2c_ctl, &i2c->usi_ctl);
 	i2c_ctl = readl(&i2c->usi_ctl);
 	i2c_ctl &= ~HSI2C_SW_RST;
 	writel(i2c_ctl, &i2c->usi_ctl);
 	/* Initialize the configure registers */
 	hsi2c_ch_init(i2c_bus);
 }
 static void s3c24x0_i2c_init(struct i2c_adapter *adap, int speed, int slaveadd)
 {
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c *i2c;
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *bus;
 #if !(defined CONFIG_EXYNOS4 || defined CONFIG_EXYNOS5)
 	struct s3c24x0_gpio *gpio = s3c24x0_get_base_gpio();
 #endif
 	ulong start_time = get_timer(0);
 	/* By default i2c channel 0 is the current bus */
 	i2c = get_base_i2c(adap->hwadapnr);
 	/*
 	 * In case the previous transfer is still going, wait to give it a
 	 * chance to finish.
 	 */
 	while (readl(&i2c->iicstat) & I2CSTAT_BSY) {
 		if (get_timer(start_time) > I2C_TIMEOUT_MS) {
 			printf("%s: I2C bus busy for %p\n", __func__,
 			       &i2c->iicstat);
 			return;
 		}
 	}
 #if !(defined CONFIG_EXYNOS4 || defined CONFIG_EXYNOS5)
 	int i;
 	if ((readl(&i2c->iicstat) & I2CSTAT_BSY) || GetI2CSDA() == 0) {
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2410
 		ulong old_gpecon = readl(&gpio->gpecon);
 #endif
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2400
 		ulong old_gpecon = readl(&gpio->pgcon);
 #endif
 		/* bus still busy probably by (most) previously interrupted
 		   transfer */
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2410
 		/* set I2CSDA and I2CSCL (GPE15, GPE14) to GPIO */
 		writel((readl(&gpio->gpecon) & ~0xF0000000) | 0x10000000,
 		       &gpio->gpecon);
 #endif
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2400
 		/* set I2CSDA and I2CSCL (PG5, PG6) to GPIO */
 		writel((readl(&gpio->pgcon) & ~0x00003c00) | 0x00001000,
 		       &gpio->pgcon);
 #endif
 		/* toggle I2CSCL until bus idle */
 		SetI2CSCL(0);
 		udelay(1000);
 		i = 10;
 		while ((i > 0) && (GetI2CSDA() != 1)) {
 			SetI2CSCL(1);
 			udelay(1000);
 			SetI2CSCL(0);
 			udelay(1000);
 			i--;
 		}
 		SetI2CSCL(1);
 		udelay(1000);
 		/* restore pin functions */
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2410
 		writel(old_gpecon, &gpio->gpecon);
 #endif
 #ifdef CONFIG_S3C2400
 		writel(old_gpecon, &gpio->pgcon);
 #endif
 	}
 #endif /* #if !(defined CONFIG_EXYNOS4 || defined CONFIG_EXYNOS5) */
 	i2c_ch_init(i2c, speed, slaveadd);
 	bus = &i2c_bus[adap->hwadapnr];
 	bus->active = true;
 	bus->regs = i2c;
 }
 /*
  * Poll the appropriate bit of the fifo status register until the interface is
  * ready to process the next byte or timeout expires.
  *
  * In addition to the FIFO status register this function also polls the
  * interrupt status register to be able to detect unexpected transaction
  * completion.
  *
  * When FIFO is ready to process the next byte, this function returns I2C_OK.
  * If in course of polling the INT_I2C assertion is detected, the function
  * returns I2C_NOK. If timeout happens before any of the above conditions is
  * met - the function returns I2C_NOK_TOUT;
  * @param i2c: pointer to the appropriate i2c register bank.
  * @param rx_transfer: set to True if the receive transaction is in progress.
  * @return: as described above.
  */
 static unsigned hsi2c_poll_fifo(struct exynos5_hsi2c *i2c, bool rx_transfer)
 {
 	u32 fifo_bit = rx_transfer ? HSI2C_RX_FIFO_EMPTY : HSI2C_TX_FIFO_FULL;
 	int i = HSI2C_TIMEOUT_US;
 	while (readl(&i2c->usi_fifo_stat) & fifo_bit) {
 		if (readl(&i2c->usi_int_stat) & HSI2C_INT_I2C_EN) {
 			/*
 			 * There is a chance that assertion of
 			 * HSI2C_INT_I2C_EN and deassertion of
 			 * HSI2C_RX_FIFO_EMPTY happen simultaneously. Let's
 			 * give FIFO status priority and check it one more
 			 * time before reporting interrupt. The interrupt will
 			 * be reported next time this function is called.
 			 */
 			if (rx_transfer &&
 			    !(readl(&i2c->usi_fifo_stat) & fifo_bit))
 				break;
 			return I2C_NOK;
 		}
 		if (!i--) {
 			debug("%s: FIFO polling timeout!\n", __func__);
 			return I2C_NOK_TOUT;
 		}
 		udelay(1);
 	}
 	return I2C_OK;
 }
 /*
  * Preapre hsi2c transaction, either read or write.
  *
  * Set up transfer as described in section 27.5.1.2 'I2C Channel Auto Mode' of
  * the 5420 UM.
  *
  * @param i2c: pointer to the appropriate i2c register bank.
  * @param chip: slave address on the i2c bus (with read/write bit exlcuded)
  * @param len: number of bytes expected to be sent or received
  * @param rx_transfer: set to true for receive transactions
  * @param: issue_stop: set to true if i2c stop condition should be generated
  *         after this transaction.
  * @return: I2C_NOK_TOUT in case the bus remained busy for HSI2C_TIMEOUT_US,
  *          I2C_OK otherwise.
  */
 static int hsi2c_prepare_transaction(struct exynos5_hsi2c *i2c,
 				     u8 chip,
 				     u16 len,
 				     bool rx_transfer,
 				     bool issue_stop)
 {
 	u32 conf;
 	conf = len | HSI2C_MASTER_RUN;
 	if (issue_stop)
 		conf |= HSI2C_STOP_AFTER_TRANS;
 	/* Clear to enable Timeout */
 	writel(readl(&i2c->usi_timeout) & ~HSI2C_TIMEOUT_EN, &i2c->usi_timeout);
 	/* Set slave address */
 	writel(HSI2C_SLV_ADDR_MAS(chip), &i2c->i2c_addr);
 	if (rx_transfer) {
 		/* i2c master, read transaction */
 		writel((HSI2C_RXCHON | HSI2C_FUNC_MODE_I2C | HSI2C_MASTER),
 		       &i2c->usi_ctl);
 		/* read up to len bytes, stop after transaction is finished */
 		writel(conf | HSI2C_READ_WRITE, &i2c->usi_auto_conf);
 	} else {
 		/* i2c master, write transaction */
 		writel((HSI2C_TXCHON | HSI2C_FUNC_MODE_I2C | HSI2C_MASTER),
 		       &i2c->usi_ctl);
 		/* write up to len bytes, stop after transaction is finished */
 		writel(conf, &i2c->usi_auto_conf);
 	}
 	/* Reset all pending interrupt status bits we care about, if any */
 	writel(HSI2C_INT_I2C_EN, &i2c->usi_int_stat);
 	return I2C_OK;
 }
 /*
  * Wait while i2c bus is settling down (mostly stop gets completed).
  */
 static int hsi2c_wait_while_busy(struct exynos5_hsi2c *i2c)
 {
 	int i = HSI2C_TIMEOUT_US;
 	while (readl(&i2c->usi_trans_status) & HSI2C_MASTER_BUSY) {
 		if (!i--) {
 			debug("%s: bus busy\n", __func__);
 			return I2C_NOK_TOUT;
 		}
 		udelay(1);
 	}
 	return I2C_OK;
 }
 static int hsi2c_write(struct exynos5_hsi2c *i2c,
 		       unsigned char chip,
 		       unsigned char addr[],
 		       unsigned char alen,
 		       unsigned char data[],
 		       unsigned short len,
 		       bool issue_stop)
 {
 	int i, rv = 0;
 	if (!(len + alen)) {
 		/* Writes of zero length not supported in auto mode. */
 		debug("%s: zero length writes not supported\n", __func__);
 		return I2C_NOK;
 	}
 	rv = hsi2c_prepare_transaction
 		(i2c, chip, len + alen, false, issue_stop);
 	if (rv != I2C_OK)
 		return rv;
 	/* Move address, if any, and the data, if any, into the FIFO. */
 	for (i = 0; i < alen; i++) {
 		rv = hsi2c_poll_fifo(i2c, false);
 		if (rv != I2C_OK) {
 			debug("%s: address write failed\n", __func__);
 			goto write_error;
 		}
 		writel(addr[i], &i2c->usi_txdata);
 	}
 	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
 		rv = hsi2c_poll_fifo(i2c, false);
 		if (rv != I2C_OK) {
 			debug("%s: data write failed\n", __func__);
 			goto write_error;
 		}
 		writel(data[i], &i2c->usi_txdata);
 	}
 	rv = hsi2c_wait_for_trx(i2c);
  write_error:
 	if (issue_stop) {
 		int tmp_ret = hsi2c_wait_while_busy(i2c);
 		if (rv == I2C_OK)
 			rv = tmp_ret;
 	}
 	writel(HSI2C_FUNC_MODE_I2C, &i2c->usi_ctl); /* done */
 	return rv;
 }
 static int hsi2c_read(struct exynos5_hsi2c *i2c,
 		      unsigned char chip,
 		      unsigned char addr[],
 		      unsigned char alen,
 		      unsigned char data[],
 		      unsigned short len)
 {
 	int i, rv, tmp_ret;
 	bool drop_data = false;
 	if (!len) {
 		/* Reads of zero length not supported in auto mode. */
 		debug("%s: zero length read adjusted\n", __func__);
 		drop_data = true;
 		len = 1;
 	}
 	if (alen) {
 		/* Internal register adress needs to be written first. */
 		rv = hsi2c_write(i2c, chip, addr, alen, NULL, 0, false);
 		if (rv != I2C_OK)
 			return rv;
 	}
 	rv = hsi2c_prepare_transaction(i2c, chip, len, true, true);
 	if (rv != I2C_OK)
 		return rv;
 	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
 		rv = hsi2c_poll_fifo(i2c, true);
 		if (rv != I2C_OK)
 			goto read_err;
 		if (drop_data)
 			continue;
 		data[i] = readl(&i2c->usi_rxdata);
 	}
 	rv = hsi2c_wait_for_trx(i2c);
  read_err:
 	tmp_ret = hsi2c_wait_while_busy(i2c);
 	if (rv == I2C_OK)
 		rv = tmp_ret;
 	writel(HSI2C_FUNC_MODE_I2C, &i2c->usi_ctl); /* done */
 	return rv;
 }
 static unsigned int s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed(struct i2c_adapter *adap,
 					  unsigned int speed)
 {
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *i2c_bus;
 	i2c_bus = get_bus(adap->hwadapnr);
 	if (!i2c_bus)
 		return -1;
 	i2c_bus->clock_frequency = speed;
 	if (i2c_bus->is_highspeed) {
 		if (hsi2c_get_clk_details(i2c_bus))
 			return -1;
 		hsi2c_ch_init(i2c_bus);
 	} else {
 		i2c_ch_init(i2c_bus->regs, i2c_bus->clock_frequency,
 			    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE);
 	}
 	return 0;
 }
+#ifdef CONFIG_EXYNOS5
+static void exynos_i2c_init(struct i2c_adapter *adap, int speed, int slaveaddr)
+{
+	/* This will override the speed selected in the fdt for that port */
+	debug("i2c_init(speed=%u, slaveaddr=0x%x)\n", speed, slaveaddr);
+	if (i2c_set_bus_speed(speed))
+		printf("i2c_init: failed to init bus %d for speed = %d\n",
+						adap->hwadapnr, speed);
+}
+#endif
 /*
  * cmd_type is 0 for write, 1 for read.
  *
  * addr_len can take any value from 0-255, it is only limited
  * by the char, we could make it larger if needed. If it is
  * 0 we skip the address write cycle.
  */
 static int i2c_transfer(struct s3c24x0_i2c *i2c,
 			unsigned char cmd_type,
 			unsigned char chip,
 			unsigned char addr[],
 			unsigned char addr_len,
 			unsigned char data[],
 			unsigned short data_len)
 {
 	int i = 0, result;
 	ulong start_time = get_timer(0);
 	if (data == 0 || data_len == 0) {
 		/*Don't support data transfer of no length or to address 0 */
 		debug("i2c_transfer: bad call\n");
 		return I2C_NOK;
 	}
 	while (readl(&i2c->iicstat) & I2CSTAT_BSY) {
 		if (get_timer(start_time) > I2C_TIMEOUT_MS)
 			return I2C_NOK_TOUT;
 	}
 	writel(readl(&i2c->iiccon) | I2CCON_ACKGEN, &i2c->iiccon);
 	/* Get the slave chip address going */
 	writel(chip, &i2c->iicds);
 	if ((cmd_type == I2C_WRITE) || (addr && addr_len))
 		writel(I2C_MODE_MT | I2C_TXRX_ENA | I2C_START_STOP,
 		       &i2c->iicstat);
 	else
 		writel(I2C_MODE_MR | I2C_TXRX_ENA | I2C_START_STOP,
 		       &i2c->iicstat);
 	/* Wait for chip address to transmit. */
 	result = WaitForXfer(i2c);
 	if (result != I2C_OK)
 		goto bailout;
 	/* If register address needs to be transmitted - do it now. */
 	if (addr && addr_len) {
 		while ((i < addr_len) && (result == I2C_OK)) {
 			writel(addr[i++], &i2c->iicds);
 			ReadWriteByte(i2c);
 			result = WaitForXfer(i2c);
 		}
 		i = 0;
 		if (result != I2C_OK)
 			goto bailout;
 	}
 	switch (cmd_type) {
 	case I2C_WRITE:
 		while ((i < data_len) && (result == I2C_OK)) {
 			writel(data[i++], &i2c->iicds);
 			ReadWriteByte(i2c);
 			result = WaitForXfer(i2c);
 		}
 		break;
 	case I2C_READ:
 		if (addr && addr_len) {
 			/*
 			 * Register address has been sent, now send slave chip
 			 * address again to start the actual read transaction.
 			 */
 			writel(chip, &i2c->iicds);
 			/* Generate a re-START. */
 			writel(I2C_MODE_MR | I2C_TXRX_ENA | I2C_START_STOP,
 				&i2c->iicstat);
 			ReadWriteByte(i2c);
 			result = WaitForXfer(i2c);
 			if (result != I2C_OK)
 				goto bailout;
 		}
 		while ((i < data_len) && (result == I2C_OK)) {
 			/* disable ACK for final READ */
 			if (i == data_len - 1)
 				writel(readl(&i2c->iiccon)
 				       & ~I2CCON_ACKGEN,
 				       &i2c->iiccon);
 			ReadWriteByte(i2c);
 			result = WaitForXfer(i2c);
 			data[i++] = readl(&i2c->iicds);
 		}
 		if (result == I2C_NACK)
 			result = I2C_OK; /* Normal terminated read. */
 		break;
 	default:
 		debug("i2c_transfer: bad call\n");
 		result = I2C_NOK;
 		break;
 	}
 bailout:
 	/* Send STOP. */
 	writel(I2C_MODE_MR | I2C_TXRX_ENA, &i2c->iicstat);
 	ReadWriteByte(i2c);
 	return result;
 }
 static int s3c24x0_i2c_probe(struct i2c_adapter *adap, uchar chip)
 {
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *i2c_bus;
 	uchar buf[1];
 	int ret;
 	i2c_bus = get_bus(adap->hwadapnr);
 	if (!i2c_bus)
 		return -1;
 	buf[0] = 0;
 	/*
 	 * What is needed is to send the chip address and verify that the
 	 * address was <ACK>ed (i.e. there was a chip at that address which
 	 * drove the data line low).
 	 */
 	if (i2c_bus->is_highspeed) {
 		ret = hsi2c_read(i2c_bus->hsregs,
 				chip, 0, 0, buf, 1);
 	} else {
 		ret = i2c_transfer(i2c_bus->regs,
 				I2C_READ, chip << 1, 0, 0, buf, 1);
 	}
 	return ret != I2C_OK;
 }
 static int s3c24x0_i2c_read(struct i2c_adapter *adap, uchar chip, uint addr,
 			    int alen, uchar *buffer, int len)
 {
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *i2c_bus;
 	uchar xaddr[4];
 	int ret;
 	if (alen > 4) {
 		debug("I2C read: addr len %d not supported\n", alen);
 		return 1;
 	}
 	if (alen > 0) {
 		xaddr[0] = (addr >> 24) & 0xFF;
 		xaddr[1] = (addr >> 16) & 0xFF;
 		xaddr[2] = (addr >> 8) & 0xFF;
 		xaddr[3] = addr & 0xFF;
 	}
 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW
 	/*
 	 * EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
 	 * like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
 	 * address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address"
 	 * bit slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like
 	 * four 256 byte chips.
 	 *
 	 * Note that we consider the length of the address field to
 	 * still be one byte because the extra address bits are
 	 * hidden in the chip address.
 	 */
 	if (alen > 0)
 		chip |= ((addr >> (alen * 8)) &
 			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW);
 #endif
 	i2c_bus = get_bus(adap->hwadapnr);
 	if (!i2c_bus)
 		return -1;
 	if (i2c_bus->is_highspeed)
 		ret = hsi2c_read(i2c_bus->hsregs, chip, &xaddr[4 - alen],
 				 alen, buffer, len);
 	else
 		ret = i2c_transfer(i2c_bus->regs, I2C_READ, chip << 1,
 				&xaddr[4 - alen], alen, buffer, len);
 	if (ret) {
 		if (i2c_bus->is_highspeed)
 			exynos5_i2c_reset(i2c_bus);
 		debug("I2c read failed %d\n", ret);
 		return 1;
 	}
 	return 0;
 }
 static int s3c24x0_i2c_write(struct i2c_adapter *adap, uchar chip, uint addr,
 			 int alen, uchar *buffer, int len)
 {
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *i2c_bus;
 	uchar xaddr[4];
 	int ret;
 	if (alen > 4) {
 		debug("I2C write: addr len %d not supported\n", alen);
 		return 1;
 	}
 	if (alen > 0) {
 		xaddr[0] = (addr >> 24) & 0xFF;
 		xaddr[1] = (addr >> 16) & 0xFF;
 		xaddr[2] = (addr >> 8) & 0xFF;
 		xaddr[3] = addr & 0xFF;
 	}
 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW
 	/*
 	 * EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
 	 * like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
 	 * address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address"
 	 * bit slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like
 	 * four 256 byte chips.
 	 *
 	 * Note that we consider the length of the address field to
 	 * still be one byte because the extra address bits are
 	 * hidden in the chip address.
 	 */
 	if (alen > 0)
 		chip |= ((addr >> (alen * 8)) &
 			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW);
 #endif
 	i2c_bus = get_bus(adap->hwadapnr);
 	if (!i2c_bus)
 		return -1;
 	if (i2c_bus->is_highspeed)
 		ret = hsi2c_write(i2c_bus->hsregs, chip, &xaddr[4 - alen],
 				  alen, buffer, len, true);
 	else
 		ret = i2c_transfer(i2c_bus->regs, I2C_WRITE, chip << 1,
 				&xaddr[4 - alen], alen, buffer, len);
 	if (ret != 0) {
 		if (i2c_bus->is_highspeed)
 			exynos5_i2c_reset(i2c_bus);
 		return 1;
 	} else {
 		return 0;
 	}
 }
 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
 static void process_nodes(const void *blob, int node_list[], int count,
 			 int is_highspeed)
 {
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *bus;
 	int i;
 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
 		int node = node_list[i];
 		if (node <= 0)
 			continue;
 		bus = &i2c_bus[i];
 		bus->active = true;
 		bus->is_highspeed = is_highspeed;
 		if (is_highspeed)
 			bus->hsregs = (struct exynos5_hsi2c *)
 					fdtdec_get_addr(blob, node, "reg");
 		else
 			bus->regs = (struct s3c24x0_i2c *)
 					fdtdec_get_addr(blob, node, "reg");
 		bus->id = pinmux_decode_periph_id(blob, node);
 		bus->clock_frequency = fdtdec_get_int(blob, node,
 						"clock-frequency",
 						CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED);
 		bus->node = node;
 		bus->bus_num = i;
 		exynos_pinmux_config(bus->id, 0);
 		/* Mark position as used */
 		node_list[i] = -1;
 	}
 }
 void board_i2c_init(const void *blob)
 {
 	int node_list[CONFIG_MAX_I2C_NUM];
 	int count;
 	/* First get the normal i2c ports */
 	count = fdtdec_find_aliases_for_id(blob, "i2c",
 		COMPAT_SAMSUNG_S3C2440_I2C, node_list,
 		CONFIG_MAX_I2C_NUM);
 	process_nodes(blob, node_list, count, 0);
 	/* Now look for high speed i2c ports */
 	count = fdtdec_find_aliases_for_id(blob, "i2c",
 		COMPAT_SAMSUNG_EXYNOS5_I2C, node_list,
 		CONFIG_MAX_I2C_NUM);
 	process_nodes(blob, node_list, count, 1);
 }
 int i2c_get_bus_num_fdt(int node)
 {
 	int i;
 	for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(i2c_bus); i++) {
 		if (node == i2c_bus[i].node)
 			return i;
 	}
 	debug("%s: Can't find any matched I2C bus\n", __func__);
 	return -1;
 }
 int i2c_reset_port_fdt(const void *blob, int node)
 {
 	struct s3c24x0_i2c_bus *i2c_bus;
 	int bus;
 	bus = i2c_get_bus_num_fdt(node);
 	if (bus < 0) {
 		debug("could not get bus for node %d\n", node);
 		return -1;
 	}
 	i2c_bus = get_bus(bus);
 	if (!i2c_bus) {
 		debug("get_bus() failed for node node %d\n", node);
 		return -1;
 	}
 	if (i2c_bus->is_highspeed) {
 		if (hsi2c_get_clk_details(i2c_bus))
 			return -1;
 		hsi2c_ch_init(i2c_bus);
 	} else {
 		i2c_ch_init(i2c_bus->regs, i2c_bus->clock_frequency,
 			    CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE);
 	}
 	return 0;
 }
 #endif
 /*
  * Register s3c24x0 i2c adapters
  */
-U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c24x0_0, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+#if defined(CONFIG_EXYNOS5420)
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c00, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
-			 0)
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 0)
-U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c24x0_1, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c01, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 1)
-			 1)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c02, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c24x0_2, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 2)
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE,
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c03, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-			 2)
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
-U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c24x0_3, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 3)
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c04, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
-			 3)
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
-U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c24x0_4, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 4)
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c05, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
-			 4)
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
-U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c24x0_5, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 5)
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c06, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
-			 5)
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 6)
-U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c24x0_6, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c07, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 7)
-			 6)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c08, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c24x0_7, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
-			 s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 8)
-			 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE,
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c09, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
-			 7)
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 9)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c10, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 10)
+#elif defined(CONFIG_EXYNOS5250)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c00, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 0)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c01, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 1)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c02, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 2)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c03, exynos_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 3)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c04, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 4)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c05, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 5)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c06, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 6)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c07, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 7)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c08, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 8)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c09, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 9)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c10, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 10)
+#elif defined(CONFIG_EXYNOS4)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c00, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 0)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c01, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 1)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c02, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 2)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c03, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 3)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c04, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 4)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c05, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 5)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c06, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 6)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c07, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 7)
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(i2c08, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 8)
+#else
+U_BOOT_I2C_ADAP_COMPLETE(s3c0, s3c24x0_i2c_init, s3c24x0_i2c_probe,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_read, s3c24x0_i2c_write,
+			s3c24x0_i2c_set_bus_speed,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED,
+			CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE, 0)
+#endif